UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31 2021

, 2023

Or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to

Commission File Number: 001-40477

Better Choice Company Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware83-4284557
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
12400 Race Track Road
Tampa, Florida 33626
(212) 896‑1254

12400 Race Track Road

Tampa, Florida33626

(212)896-1254
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each ClassTrading Symbol(s)
Name of Each Exchange on which RegisteredRegistered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value shareBTTRNYSE American

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑knownwell-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑TS-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files.) Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑acceleratednon-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑212b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filerAccelerated filerNon-accelerated filerSmaller reporting companyEmerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by a check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑212b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed secondthird fiscal quarter, based on the closing sale price of $4.30$4.96 as reported on the NYSE American was: $42,128,224.

$3,615,969.

The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date was: 29,364,712893,601 shares of $0.001 par value common stock outstanding as of March 25, 2022April 11, 2024.

.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

The information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 will be furnished (and are hereby incorporated) by an amendment hereto or pursuant to a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A that will contain such information.




Better Choice Company Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10‑K10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021

2023

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 Part I 
1.Business4
1A.Risk Factors8
1B.Unresolved Staff Comments23
1C.Cybersecurity23
2.Properties23
3.Legal Proceedings23
4.Mine Safety Disclosures23
 Part II 
5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities24
6.[Reserved]25
7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations26
7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk34
8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data35
9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure59
9A.Controls and Procedures59
9B.Other Information59
 Part III
10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance60
11.Executive Compensation64
12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters69
13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence69
14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services70
 Part IV 
15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules71
16.Form 10-K Summary73
 Signatures74

2
6.


2

Table of Contents

FORWARD‑LOOKING

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this report are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements discuss our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “projection,” “seek,” “should,” “will,” “would,” the negatives thereof and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. They appear in a number of places throughout this report and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the industry in which we operate. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

the impact of damageincluding, but not limited to, or interruption of our information technology systems due to cyber-attacks or other circumstances beyond our control
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global pet health and wellness industry, our employees, suppliers, customers and end consumers, which could adversely and materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations;
business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism;
our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy;
failure to achieve growth of manage anticipated growth;
our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;
the loss of key members of our senior management team;
our ability to generate sufficient cash flow or raise capital on acceptable terms to run our operations, service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures;
our ability to successfully integrate Halo’s and TruPet’s brands;
our dependence on our subsidiaries for payments, advances and transfers of funds due to our holding company status;
our ability to successfully develop additional products and services or successfully market and commercialize such products and services;
competition in our market;
our ability to attract new and retain existing customers, suppliers, distributors or retail partners;
allegations that our products cause injury or illness or fail to comply with government regulations;
our ability to manage our supply chain effectively;
our or our co-manufacturers’ and suppliers’ ability to comply with legal and regulatory requirements;
the effect of potential price increases and shortages on the inputs, commodities and ingredients that we require;
our ability to develop and maintain our brand and brand reputation;
compliance with data privacy rules;
our compliance with applicable regulations issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), and other federal, state and local regulatory authorities, including those regarding marketing pet food, products and supplements;summarized below:

our ability to continue as a going concern;
the impact of damage to or interruption of our information technology systems due to cyber-attacks or other circumstances beyond our control;
business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism;
our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy;
failure to achieve growth or manage anticipated growth;
our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;
the loss of key members of our senior management team;
our ability to generate sufficient cash flow or raise capital on acceptable terms to run our operations, service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures;
our dependence on our subsidiaries for payments, advances and transfers of funds due to our holding company status;
our ability to successfully develop additional products and services or successfully market and commercialize such products and services;
competition in our market;
our ability to attract new and retain existing customers, suppliers, distributors or retail partners;
allegations that our products cause injury or illness or fail to comply with government regulations;
our ability to manage our supply chain effectively;
our or our co-manufacturers’ and suppliers’ ability to comply with legal and regulatory requirements;
the effect of potential price increases and shortages on the inputs, commodities and ingredients that we require, whether as a result of the continued actual or perceived effects of broader geopolitical and macroeconomic conditions, including the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine;
our ability to develop and maintain our brand and brand reputation;
compliance with data privacy rules;
our compliance with applicable regulations issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), and other federal, state and local regulatory authorities, including those regarding marketing pet food, products and supplements;
risk of our products being recalled for a variety of reasons, including product defects, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labeling disclosure;
risk of shifting customer demand in relation to raw pet foods, premium kibble and canned pet food products, and failure to respond to such changes in customer taste quickly and effectively; and
other factors discussed under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Business,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

risk of our products being recalled for a variety of reasons, including product defects, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labeling disclosure;

risk of shifting customer demand in relation to raw pet foods, premium kibble and canned pet food products, and failure to respond to such changes in customer taste quickly and effectively; and

other factors discussed under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Business,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report. All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this report in the context of these risks and uncertainties.
3

Table of Contents

NOTE REGARDING TRADEMARKS

We own or have rights to use the trademarks and trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. Each trademark or trade name of any other company appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is, to our knowledge, owned by such other company. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

3

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
ITEM 1.BUSINESS

Our History

On December 17, 2018, Better Choice Company, Inc. (the “Company”, or “Better Choice”) made a $2.2 million investment in TruPet LLC ("TruPet"(“TruPet”), an online seller of pet foods, pet nutritional products and related pet supplies. On February 2, 2019, Better Choicethe Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the remainder of TruPet and we closed the acquisition on May 6, 2019.

On February 28, 2019, Better Choice Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Bona Vida, Inc. ("(“Bona Vida"Vida”) and we closed the acquisition on May 6, 2019.

On October 15, 2019, Better Choice Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (as amended, the “Halo Agreement”) with Halo, Thriving Paws, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Thriving Paws”), HH-Halo LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“HH-Halo” and, together with Thriving Paws, the “Sellers”) and HH-Halo, in the capacity of the representative of the Sellers. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Halo Agreement, among other things, wethe Company agreed to purchase from the Sellers 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. ("Halo"(“Halo”) (the “Halo Acquisition”). WeThe Company closed this acquisition, which we refer to as the Halo Acquisition on December 19, 2019.

Overview of Our Business

Better Choice is a rapidly growing pet health and wellness company committed to leading the industry shift toward pet products and services that help dogs and cats live healthier, happier and longer lives. Our mission is to become the most innovative premium pet food company in the world, and we are motivated by our commitment to making products with integrity and treating pets and their parents with respect. We believe that our broad portfolio of brandspet health and wellness products are well positioned to benefit from the trends of growing pet humanization and an increased consumer focus on health and wellness, and have adopted a laser focused, channel specific approach to growth that is driven by new product innovation. Our executive team has a proven history of success in both pet and consumer-packaged goods, and has over 50 years of combined experience in the pet industry and over 100 years of combined experience in the consumer-packaged goods industry.

We sell our premium and super-premium products (which we believe generally includes products with a retail price greater than $0.20 per ounce) under the Halo brand umbrella, including Halo Holistic™, Halo Elevate® and the former TruDog brands, bothbrand, which has been rebranded and successfully integrated under the Halo brand umbrella during the third quarter of which have a long history of providing high quality2022. Our core products sold under the Halo brand are made with high-quality, thoughtfully sourced ingredients for natural, science based nutrition. Each innovative recipe is formulated with leading veterinary and nutrition experts to pet parents.deliver optimal health. Our diverse and established customer base has enabled us to penetrate multiple channels of trade, which we believe enables us to deliver on core consumer needs and serve pet parents wherever they shop. We believe this omni-channel approach has also helped us respond more quickly to changing channel dynamics that have accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, such as the increasing percentage of pet food that is sold online. We group these channels of trade into four distinct categories: E-Commerce,E-commerce, which includes the sale of product to online retailers such as Amazon and Chewy; Brick & Mortar, which primarily includes the sale of product to pet specialty chainsPet Specialty retailers such as Petco, PetSmart, Pet Supplies Plus select grocery chains and neighborhood pet stores;stores, as well as to select grocery chains; Direct to Consumer (“DTC”) which includes the sale of product through our online web platform to more than 20,000 unique customers and access to more than 500,000 customer emails;website halopets.com; and International, which includes the sale of product to foreign distribution partners and to select international retailers.

In December 2023, the Company made a strategic exit out of Petco stores (while remaining on Petco.com), and Pet Supplies Plus. As of Q1 2024, the Company has made plans to exit its DTC channel in Q2 2024, in an effort to improve profitability.

New product innovation represents the cornerstone of our growth plan, supported by our own research and development, and acquisitions. Our established supply and distribution infrastructure allows us to bring new products to market in nine months, generally. Our outsourced manufacturing model is flexible, scalable and encourages innovation allowing us to offer a breadth of assortment in dog and cat food products under the Halo and TruDog brands,brand, serving a wide variety of customer needs.

Halo is the brand for a new generation of pet parents. For millennial pet momsparents who view their pets as children, we believe Halo provides the world’s best nutrition for the world’s best kids. Halo offers two premium sub-lines of natural dog and cat food for this audience. audience - Halo Holistic, which includes the former TruDog brand, and Halo Elevate.

Halo Holistic is designed for the pet parent seeking high-quality ingredients for digestive health. Halo Holistic is the only super-premium pet food certified by the Global Animal Partnership and the Marine Stewardship Council, both of which are animal welfare organizations recognized worldwide. Halo Holistic also supports complete digestive health with prebiotics, probiotics and postbiotics. Additionally, it'sit’s made with whole animal proteins only and no meat meals.

4

Halo Elevate®, our second sub-line launching inwhich launched during 2022, provides best-in-class nutrition. We believe it'sit’s the only natural pet food with leading nutrient levels to support the top five pet parent health concerns which include digestive health, heart and immunity support, healthy skin and coat, hip and joint support and strength and energy. Each recipe delivers natural, science-based nutrition for optimal health. Both Halo Holistic and Halo Elevate® provide confidence and validation to empower millennial pet moms.

Founded in 2013, the TruDog brand offers ultra-premium, freeze-dried raw dog food, toppers, treats and supplements sold predominantly on its DTC website. Freeze-dried raw dog food is one of the fastest growing sub-categories of premium pet food, with Packaged Facts reporting 39% year-over-year growth in the sub-category in 2019. We believe that both brands are positioned to take advantage of the increasing desire in pet parents to feed only the highest quality ingredients to their pets. We're confident that innovative opportunities for brand consolidation will continue over time.
parents.

Our Products and Brands

We have a broad portfolio of over 100 active premium and super premium animal health and wellness products for dogs and cats, which includes products sold under the Halo and TruDog brandsbrand across multiple forms, including foods, treats, toppers, dental products, chews, grooming products and supplements. Our products consist of naturally formulated premium kibble and canned dog and cat food, freeze-dried raw dog food and treats, vegan dog food and treats, oral care products and supplements. Our products sold under the Halo brand are sustainably sourced, derived from real whole meat and no rendered meat meal and include non-GMO fruits and vegetables. Our products sold under the TruDog brand are made according to our nutritional philosophy of raw, meat-based nutrition and minimal processing.

Our products are manufactured by an established network of co-manufacturers in partnership with Better Choice. We have maintained each of our key co-manufacturing relationships for more than four years, with certain relationships in place for more than ten years and with the launch of Halo Elevate®, we have expanded and engaged two new co-manufacturing partners in 2022. Halo and TruDog products are co-manufactured in the U.S. and our third-party warehousing and logistics provider, Fidelitone, was located in Lebanon, Tennessee throughout 2021 and moved to Wauconda, Illinois in 2022.

4

Our Customers and Channels

In 2021,2023, we generated $56.0$48.6 million of gross sales and $46.0$38.6 million of net sales. By channel in 2021,2023, E-Commerce generated approximately $21.8$19.1 million of gross sales and $15.1$13.4 million of net sales, Direct-to-Consumer generated approximately $10.8$6.4 million of gross sales and $9.4$5.6 million of net sales, Brick & Mortar generated approximately $8.6$9.4 million of gross sales and $6.7$5.9 million of net sales and International generated approximately $14.8$13.7 million of gross sales and $14.8$13.7 million of net sales. The following chart provides a breakdown of our net sales by channel for the year ended December 31, 2021:

bttr-20211231_g1.jpg
2023:

In 2021, 53%2023, approximately 50% of our net sales were made online, through a combination of E-CommerceE-commerce partner websites, such as Amazon, Chewy, Petflow, Thrive Market and Vitacost, and our Direct-to-ConsumerDTC website, hosted on Shopify. A majority of our online sales are driven by repeat purchases from existing customers. Although industry-wide E-Commerce sales retreated somewhat followingIn Packaged Facts’ Surveys of Pet Owners, pet products and services are at the March 2020 pantry stocking,bottom of the salelist of household spending cutbacks, second only to human medicine and healthcare. Reflecting both the higher prices and Americans’ deep commitments to their pets, pet food and supplies online had increased 35% year-over-year accordingparents remain tenacious when it comes to Packaged Facts,pet care, with subscription sales nearly equal68% spending more in February 2023 vs. January 2022 even as they looked for ways to the March 2020 peak.economize. We anticipate our ability to reach a growing base of diverse customers online will continue to improve as E-CommerceE-commerce penetration increases. At the same time, we believe that our long-established relationships with key brick & mortar customers such as Petco and Pet Supplies Plus will enable us to jointly launch new products that are designed for in-store success, such as the national launch of Halo Elevate® in more than 2,000 Brick & Mortar locations in 2022.

5

In addition to our domestic sales channels, the Halo brand'sbrand’s international sales grew 71%declined (37)% in 2021, driven2023, resulting primarily by significant new customer acquisition and increased brand awarenessin an effort to normalize inventory levels in our key Asian markets. We believe that our growth in Asia is fueled bymarkets as well as macroeconomic factors impacting consumer behavior. With increasing levels of economic financial status in the Asian markets and demand for premium and super-premium, western manufactured products, with China representing the largest market opportunity for growth and 62%80% of Better Choice’s $14.8$13.7 million of international sales in 2021. We believe this growth is sustainable and we have more than $85.0 million of contracted minimum sales with our key Asian distribution partners from 2022 to 2025.

2023.

Supply Chain, Manufacturing and Logistics

Our products

Halo partners with a number of co-manufacturing partners to produce its products. Products sold today under the Halo Holistic brand are made strictly from naturally raised animals on sustainable farms and are manufactured in the U.S and use healthy, natural ingredients, with all purchases transacted in U.S. dollars. By sourcing cage-free poultry, pasture-raised beef, and wild-caught fish from certified sustainable fisheries and not including meat meals or other animal byproducts in its formulations, our Halo brand is able to provide pets and pet parents with a nutritious and highly digestible suite of food and treats. Halo partners with a number of co-manufacturing partners to produce its products. Halo’s dog and cat foods meet The Association of American Feed Control Officials (“AAFCO”) guidelines and are small-batch tested for common contaminants prior to leaving the manufacturer.

Our products sold under the TruDog brand are manufactured and sourced from a variety of third-party suppliers in both the U.S. and New Zealand and use healthy, natural ingredients, with all purchases transacted in U.S. dollars. ManySome products are preserved using either freeze drying or gentle air dehydration to eliminate the need for artificial preservatives and added chemicals. Our treats and chews are oven-baked, using natural ingredients for maximum nutrition and protein content. Like Halo, TruDog rawHalo’s dog and cat foods meet AAFCOThe Association of American Feed Control Officials (“AAFCO”) guidelines and are small-batch tested for common contaminants prior to leaving the manufacturer.

We utilize logistics service providers as a part of our supply chain, primarily for shipping and logistics support. Fulfillment of orders for both the Halo and TruDog brands is managed by a third-party warehousing and logistics partner, Fidelitone. Our warehouse was located in Lebanon, Tennessee throughout 2021 and relocated to Wauconda, Illinois in 2022. Our DTC ecosystem allows us to efficiently manage and customize the online shopping experience for customers, including a customer dashboard where shoppers can manage and track orders and order history. Our products are shipped by trusted carriers for expeditious and reliable delivery.

Raw Materials and Principal Suppliers

We rely upon the supply of raw materials that meet our high-quality specifications such as USA farm-raised beef,and sourcing requirements. We source Global Animal Partnership Certified Step 2 ("GAP 2"(“GAP”) cage-free whole chicken and associated broths, GAP 2 certified cage-free wholechicken, GAP certified cage-free turkey, and associated broths, Marine Stewardship Council ("MSC"(“MSC”) certified wild-caught salmon and MSC certified wild-caught whitefish and associated broths, and select non-GMO fruits and vegetables, such as peas, sweet potatoes and lentils. If any raw material is adulterated and does not meet our specifications, it could significantly impact our ability to source manufactured products and could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For the supply and co-manufacturing of our products, we have relied onon: Alphia, Inc. (“Alphia” f/k/a “C.J. Foods”) for dry kibble sold under the Halo brand,which transitioned to Barrett Petfood Innovations during 2022, then back to Alphia during 2023; Simmons Pet Food, Inc. (“Simmons”) and Thai Union Manufacturing Co., LTD. for the majority of canned wet food sold under the Halo brand,food; BrightPet Nutrition Group, LLC (“BrightPet”) for vegan kibble and freeze dried treats sold under the Halo brand andtreats; Carnivore Meat Company, LLC (“Carnivore”) for the supply and co-manufacturing of freeze-dried food and treats sold under the TruDog brand. Together, Alphia, Simmons, and Carnivore represent approximately 74% of product volume sold across the Better Choice platform. In addition, wetreats. We sourced approximately 65%64% of inventory purchases from two vendors for the year ended December 31, 20212023 and approximately 76%69% from three vendors for the year ended December 31, 2020. With the launch of Halo Elevate®, we have expanded our co-manufacturing partners in 2022 to include Barrett Petfood Innovations and Thai Union Manufacturing Co., LTD.2022.

5

Sales and Marketing

Our marketing strategies are designed to clearly communicate to consumers about the benefits of our products and to build awareness of our brands. We deploy a broad set of marketing tools across various forms of media to reach consumers through multiple touch points and engage with a number of marketing agencies to develop content and product packaging. Our marketing initiatives include the use of social and digital marketing, Search Engine Optimization, email and SMS marketing, and paid media (Facebook, Instagram & YouTube), among other proven strategies to generate and convert sales prospects into loyal, satisfied customers. In addition to directly targeting and educating consumers of our products, we partner with a number of retailers such as Amazon, Chewy and Petco to develop joint sales and marketing initiatives to increase sales and acquire new customers.

6

In recent years, consumer purchasing behaviors have shifted dramatically and E-Commerce penetration has significantly increased. Although approximately 53%In the fourth quarter of Better Choice’s sales are made online today, we remain committed to partnering with select2023, management shifted from a Brick & Mortar retailerschannel focus to a digital first strategy as a result of its annual operating plan process and has strategically reallocated marketing investments to work more effectively and efficiently in pet specialty and neighborhood pet, as in-store recommendation and trial represent a significant opportunity for new customer acquisition. We believe that these in-store partnerships are complementary to the incentives that our E-Commerce partners offerits larger e-commerce platforms to drive monthly subscriptions,growth and build upon the recurring revenue that we generate online.

brand awareness.

Competition

The pet health and wellness industry is highly competitive. Competitive factors include product quality, ingredients, brand awareness and loyalty, product variety, product packaging and design, reputation, price, advertising, promotion, and nutritional claims. We believe that we compete effectively with respect to each of these factors. We compete with manufacturers of conventional pet food such as Mars, Nestlé and Big Heart Pet Brands (part of the J.M. Smucker Company), and manufacturers of specialty and natural pet food such as Blue Buffalo (part of General Mills), Wellness, Fromm, Orijen, Merrick (part of Nestlé), Stella and Chewy, Open Farm and Freshpet. In addition, we compete with many regional niche brands in individual geographic markets.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had 4331 full time employees all of whom are full-time.and one part time employee. Our human capital resource objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and additional employees. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards. Our employees are not represented by any labor union or any collective bargaining arrangement with respect to their employment with us. We have never experienced any work stoppages or strikes as a result of labor disputes and we believe our overall relationships with our employees are positive and the strength of our team is a critical success factor in becoming the most innovative premium pet food company in the world. Our employees share an entrepreneurial spirit, a passion for excellence and the inspiration to drive the future of the pet health and wellness industry.

Our core values are Integrity, Respect, Working Smarter and Faster and Building Lasting Relationships in all that we do. We continually focus on employee engagement and a diverse, inclusive culture in order to ensure the continued strength and well-being of our workforce. We strive to create a workplace where employees feel engaged, believe in our mission, understand their role in our strategy and are passionate about the work they do. We conduct employee engagement surveys to provide us with valuable insights into employee perspectives and experiences. We also hold frequent virtual town-hall meetings and team building events to provide updates, celebrate milestones in the business, communicate initiatives, recognize significant individual accomplishments and provide a forum for employees to communicate and engage with our entire employee base. We value and embrace diversity by fostering a culture that encompasses the unique attributes, ideas, perspectives, and experiences of our employees, customers, suppliers and communities. We believe a more inclusive and diverse work environment allows us to achieve better results and makes us a stronger business.

We operate under a “Win From Anywhere” culture, which is our approach to creating a flexible and entrepreneurial working environment built for long term success. Winning from anywhere means our employees can work from anywhere in the country. We believe this culture provides the ability for us to attract the best talent and we now have employees all over the U.S. that are winning from anywhere.

Government Regulation

The regulation of animal food products is complex, multi-faceted, and continually changing. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"(“FDA”), the U.S. Federal Trade Commission ("FTC"(“FTC”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture ("USDA"(“USDA”) and other regulatory authorities at the federal, state and local levels, as well as authorities in foreign countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, composition, manufacture, import, export, labeling, storage, distribution, promotion, marketing, and post-market reporting of animal foods. We are required to navigate a complex regulatory framework in the locations in which we wish to manufacture, test, import, export, or sell our products.

6

FDA Regulation of Animal Foods

The FDA regulates foods, including foods intended for animals, under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act ("FDCA"(“FDCA”) and its implementing regulations. The FDCA defines “food” as articles used for food or drink for man or other animals, which includes products that are intended primarily for nutritional use, taste, or aroma and the components of such products. For animal foods in particular, this definition applies based on their intended use regardless of labelling as animal food, treats, or supplements. The FDA also imposes certain requirements on animal foods relating to their composition, manufacturing, labeling, and marketing. Among other things, the facilities in which our products and ingredients are manufactured must register with the FDA, comply with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMPs”) and comply with a range of food safety requirements.

7

Although pet foods are not required to obtain premarket approval from the FDA, any substance that is added to or is expected to become a component of a pet food must be used in accordance with a food additive regulation, unless it is generally recognized as safe (“GRAS”) under the conditions of its intended use or if it appears on an FDA-recognized list of acceptable animal food ingredients in the Official Publication of AAFCO. A food may be adulterated if it uses an ingredient that is neither GRAS nor an approved food additive, and that food may not be legally marketed in the U.S.

The labeling of pet foods is regulated by both the FDA and state regulatory authorities. FDA regulations require proper identification of the product, a net quantity statement, a statement of the name and place of business of the manufacturer or distributor and proper listing of all the ingredients in order of predominance by weight. The FDA also considers certain specific claims on pet food labels to be medical claims and therefore subject to prior review and approval by the FDA. The FDA has a list of specific factors it will consider in determining whether to initiate enforcement action against such products if they do not comply with the regulatory requirements applicable to drugs, including, among other things, whether the product is only made available through or under the direction of a veterinarian and does not present a known safety risk when used as labeled. The FDA may classify some of our products differently than we do and may impose more stringent regulations which could lead to possible enforcement action.

Under the FDCA, the FDA may require the recall of an animal food product if there is a reasonable probability that the product is adulterated or misbranded, and the use of or exposure to the product will cause serious adverse health consequences or death. In addition, pet food manufacturers may voluntarily recall or withdraw their products from the market. If the FDA believes that our products are adulterated, misbranded or otherwise marketed in violation of the FDCA, the agency make take further enforcement action, including: restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of a product; required modification of promotional materials or issuance of corrective marketing information; issuance of safety alerts, press releases, or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about a product; warning or untitled letters; product seizure or detention; refusal to permit the import or export of products; fines, injunctions, or consent decrees; and/or imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Chinese Regulations

General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine of the People’s Republic of China ("AQSIQ"(“AQSIQ”) is responsible for the unified inspection and quarantine of imported pet food (also referred to in the regulations as “Feed”). Only registered pet food manufacturers from AQSIQ approved countries (which includes the U.S.) can import pet food to China, and may do so only if they have first received an import registration certificate from the Ministry of Agriculture ("MOA"(“MOA”). In order to obtain an import registration certificate, a manufacturer must submit standardized application materials (in both English and Chinese) along with product samples to the MOA for approval, and if approved, such import registration certificate shall be valid for five years. Overseas companies are also prohibited from engaging in the direct sale of imported pet food within the territory of China and should establish a sales organization or appoint a sales agent within the territory of China and file a record with the MOA within six months from the date the manufacturer obtains its import registration certificate. All imported pet food must be packaged, and the packaging must comply with China'sChina’s safety and hygiene regulation and must have Chinese labels that are in conformity with the relevant regulations.

We are also subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise. Our operations, and those of our distributors and suppliers, are subject to various laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety matters. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws. See additional information under the heading “Risks Related to the Regulation of our Business and Products” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of risks relating to federal, state, local and international regulation of our business.

7

Our Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Our trademarks are valuable assets that reinforce our brand, our sub-brands and our consumers’ perception of our products. The current registrations of these trademarks in the U.S. and foreign countries are effective for varying periods of time and may be renewed periodically, provided that we, as the registered owner, or our licensees where applicable, comply with all applicable renewal requirements including, where necessary, the continued use of the trademarks in connection with the goods or services identified in the applicable registrations. In addition to trademark protection, we have registered more than 100 domain names, including www.betterchoicecompany.com, www.halopets.com, www.trupet.com, www.trudog.com and www.rawgo.com, that are important to the successful implementation of our marketing and advertising strategy. We rely on and carefully protect unpatented proprietary expertise, recipes and formulations, continuing innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position.

8

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Nevada in 2001 under the name Cayenne Construction, Inc., and in 2009, changed our name to Sports Endurance, Inc. Effective March 11, 2019, we changed our name to Better Choice Company Inc. after reincorporating in Delaware. We have fourthree subsidiaries - Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., TruPet LLC, Bona Vida, Inc. and Wamore Corporation S.A. Our principal executive offices are located at 12400 Race Track Road, Tampa, FL 33626. Our website is available at https://www.betterchoicecompany.com. Our website and the information contained on or connected to that site are not, and should not be deemed to be part of or incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC that are publicly available at www.sec.gov. Our SEC filings are also available under the Investor Relations section of our website at www.betterchoicecompany.com as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on or connected to our website are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS

As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide a statement of risk factors. Nonetheless, we are voluntarily providing risk factors herein. You should consider carefully the following risk factors, together with all the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K,10-K, and in our other public filings with the SEC. The occurrence of any of the following risks could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or growth prospects or cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward‑lookingforward-looking statements we have made in this report and those we may make from time to time. You should consider all of the risk factors described when evaluating our business.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Increases in sourcing, manufacturing, freight and/or warehousing costs, supply shortages, interruption in our sourcing operations and/or supply changes could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our products are sourced from a limited number of independent third-party suppliers, which we depend upon for the manufacture of all our products. Some of the ingredients, packaging materials, and other products we purchase may only be available from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers. While alternate sources of supply are generally available, the supply and price are subject to market conditions and are influenced by other factors beyond our control, including the continued impact of COVID-19.control. We do not have long-term contracts with many of our suppliers, and therefore they could increase prices or cease doing business with us. As a result, we may be subject to price fluctuations or demand disruptions.

The prices of raw materials, packaging materials and freight are subject to fluctuations in price attributable to, among other things, global competition for resources, weather conditions, changes in supply and demand of raw materials, or other commodities, fuel prices and government-sponsored agricultural programs. Volatility in the prices of raw materials and other supplies we purchase could increase our cost of sales and reduce our profitability, and we have no guarantees that prices will not rise. Our ability to pass along higher costs through price increases to our customers is dependent upon competitive conditions and pricing methodologies employed in the various sales channels in which we compete, and we may not be successful in implementing price increases. In addition, any price increases we do implement may result in lower sales volumes. Customers and consumers may choose to shift purchases to lower-priced private label or other value offerings which may adversely affect our results of operations.

We cannot control all of the various factors that might affect our ability to ship orders of our products to customers in a timely manner or to meet our quality standards. Such factors include, among other things, natural disasters or adverse weather and climate conditions; political and financial instability; strikes; unforeseen public health crises, including pandemics and epidemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic; acts of war or terrorism and other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the U.S. or internationally (including, without limitation, the conflict in Ukraine). From time to time, a co-manufacturer may experience financial difficulties, bankruptcy or other business disruptions, which could disrupt our supply of products or require that we incur additional expense by providing financial accommodations to the co-manufacturer or taking other steps to seek to minimize or avoid supply disruption, such as establishing a new co-manufacturing arrangement with another provider. Further, we may be unable to locate an additional or alternate co-manufacturing arrangement in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any delay, interruption or increased cost in the proprietary value-branded products that might occur for any reason could affect our ability to meet customer demand, adversely affect our net sales, increase our cost of sales and hurt our results of operations, which in turn may injure our reputation and customer relationships, thereby harming our business.

8

Our ability to meet increases in demand may be impacted by our reliance on our suppliers and we are subject to the risk of shortages and long lead times. We may not be able to develop alternate sources in a timely manner. Therefore, we may not be able to source sufficient product on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, which may undermine our ability to fill our orders in a timely manner. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could increase our costs, disrupt our operations, or could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

9

If we fail to maintain and expand our brand, or the quality of our products that customers have come to expect, our business could suffer.

The continued development and maintenance of our brand and the quality of our products is critical to our success. We seek to maintain, extend, and expand our brand image through marketing investments, including advertising and consumer promotions, and product innovation. Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand and reputation will depend on, among other factors, the success of preserving the quality of our products, the availability of our products, marketing and merchandising efforts, the nutritional benefits provided to pets and our ability to provide a consistent, high-quality customer experience.

The success of our brand may suffer if our marketing plans or product initiatives do not have the desired impact on our brand’s image or its ability to attract customers. Brand value is based on perceptions of subjective qualities, and any incident that erodes the loyalty of our customers, suppliers or co-manufacturers, including adverse publicity or a governmental investigation or litigation, could significantly reduce the value of our brand and significantly damage our business. Further, our brand value could diminish significantly due to a number of factors, including consumer perception that we have acted in an irresponsible manner, adverse publicity about our products (whether or not valid), our failure to maintain the quality of our products, product contamination, the failure of our products to deliver consistently positive consumer experiences, inadequate labor conditions, health or safety issues at our co-manufacturers, or the products becoming unavailable to consumers.

If we are unable to build and sustain brand equity by offering recognizably superior products, we may be unable to maintain premium pricing over private label products. The growing use of social and digital media by consumers increases the speed and extent that information and opinions can be shared. Negative posts or comments about us or our brands or products on social or digital media could damage our brands and reputation. If we fail to maintain the favorable perception of our brands, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

We may not be able to successfully implement and/or manage our growth strategy on a timely basis or we may not grow at all.

Our future success depends on our ability to implement our growth strategy of introducing new products and expanding into new markets and attracting new consumers to our brand and sub-brands. Our ability to implement this growth strategy depends, among other things, on our ability to: establish our brands and reputation as a well-managed enterprise committed to delivering premium quality products to the pet health and wellness industry; partner with retailers and other potential distributors of our products; continue to effectively compete in specialty channels and respond to competitive developments; continue to market and sell our products through a multi-channel distribution strategy and achieve joint growth targets with our distribution partners; expand and maintain brand loyalty; develop new proprietary value-branded products and product line extensions that appeal to consumers; maintain and, to the extent necessary, improve our high standards for product quality, safety and integrity; maintain sources from suppliers that comply with all federal, state and local laws for the required supply of quality ingredients to meet our growing demand; identify and successfully enter and market our products in new geographic markets and market segments; execute value-focused pricing strategies; and attract, integrate, retain and motivate qualified personnel. We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy and may need to change our strategy in order to maintain our growth. If we fail to implement our growth strategy or if we invest resources in a growth strategy that ultimately proves unsuccessful, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

If we succeed in growing our business, such growth could strain our management team and capital resources. Our ability to manage operations and control growth will be dependent on our ability to raise and spend capital to successfully attract, train, motivate, retain and manage new members of senior management and other key personnel and continue to update and improve our management and operational systems, infrastructure and other resources, financial and management controls, and reporting systems and procedures. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause us to misallocate management or financial resources, and result in additional expenditures and inefficient use of existing human and capital resources. Such slower than expected growth may require us to restrict or cease our operations and go out of business. Additionally, our anticipated growth will increase the demands placed on our suppliers, resulting in an increased need for us to manage our suppliers and monitor for quality assurance and comply with all applicable laws. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could impair our ability to achieve our business objectives.

9
We have a history of

Our recurring losses have aand significant accumulated deficit and we expect to incur losses in the future; we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability which could raisehave raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.

We have experienced recurring operating losses, during last three years and have a significant accumulated deficit.deficit and are required to maintain certain thresholds to comply with the financial covenants associated with the Alphia Term Loan, including minimum liquidity, minimum EBITDA, and maximum marketing spend ratio. We expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources forin the foreseeable future. Because we have a short operating history at scale, it is difficult for us to predict our future operating results. Thus, our losses may be larger than anticipated, and we may not achieve profitability when expected, or at all.

10

Also, we expect our operating expenses to increase over the next several years as we further increase marketing spend, hire more employees, continue to develop new products and services, and expand internationally. These efforts may be more costly than we expect and may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. Any failure to increase our revenue sufficiently to keep pace with our investments and other expenses could prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability or positive cash flow on a consistent basis. Furthermore, if our future growth and operating performance fail to meet investor or analyst expectations, or if we have future negative cash flow or losses resulting from our investment in acquiring new customers or expanding our business, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.
near term. Without generating future sufficient cash flow from operations or additional debt or equity financing, these conditions could raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, meaning that we may be unable to continue operations infor the foreseeable future or realize assets and discharge liabilities in the ordinary course of operations. If we need to seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there isremains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain future profitability or sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our consolidated financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a part of their investment.
The COVID-19 pandemic

If our amortizable intangible assets become impaired, then we could havebe required to record a material adverse impact on our business, resultssignificant charge to earnings.

We evaluate intangible assets for impairment at least annually. We monitor the existence of operationspotential impairment indicators throughout the year and financial condition.

The COVID-19 pandemic resultedwill evaluate for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value. Factors that may be considered a change in various governmental measures, including lockdowns, closures, quarantines and travel bans as well as individual measures taken by companies, such as requiring employees to work remotely, imposing travel restrictions and temporarily closing businesses and facilities. The ongoing impacts ofcircumstances indicating that the COVID-19 pandemic, including global supply chain disruptions, could impair our third-party business partners' ability to meet their obligations to us, which may negatively affect our operations. These third parties include those who supply our ingredients, packaging, and other necessary operating materials, co-manufacturers, distributors, and logistics and transportation services providers. The impact of COVID-19 on these third-party business partners may negatively affect the price and availabilitycarrying value of our ingredients and/or packaging materials and impact our supply chain. If the disruptions caused by COVID-19 continue for an extended period of time, our ability to meet the demands of our customersamortizable intangible assets may not be materially impacted. To date, we have not experienced any reductionrecoverable include declines in the available supply of our products.
The pandemic has significantly impacted global economic conditions and may in the future have an adverse impact on consumer confidence and spending, which could materially adversely affect the supply of, as well as the demand for, our products. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will further impact our business will depend on future developments and we cannot reasonably estimate the potential continued impact to our business at this time. However, if the pandemicstock price, market capitalization or the global supply chain disruptions continue for a prolonged period it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and adversely impactslower growth rates in our industry. Depending on the trading priceresults of these evaluations, we could be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our common stock.
consolidated financial statements during the period in which any impairment of amortizable intangible assets were determined, negatively impacting our results of operations.

If we do not successfully develop additional products and services, or if such products and services are developed but not successfully commercialized, our business will be adversely affected.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop and market new products and improvements to our existing products. The process of identifying and commercializing new products is complex, uncertain and may involve considerable costs, and if we fail to accurately predict customers'customers’ changing needs and preferences, our business could be harmed. The success of our innovation and product development efforts is affected by, among other things, the technical capability of our team; our ability to establish new supplier relationships and third-party consultants in developing and testing new products, and complying with governmental regulations; our attractiveness as a partner for outside research and development scientists and entrepreneurs; and the success of our management and sales team in introducing and marketing new products.

We have already and may have to continue to commit significant resources to commercializing new products before knowing whether our investments will result in products the market will accept. Substantial promotional expenditures may be required to introduce new products to the market, or improve our market position. To remain competitive and expand and keep shelf placement for our products, we may need to increase our advertising spending to maintain and increase consumer awareness, protect and grow our existing market share or promote new products, which could affect our operating results. We may not always be able to respond quickly and effectively to changes in customer taste and demand due to the amount of time and financial resources that may be required to bring new products to market, which could result in our competitors taking advantage of changes in customer trends before we are able to and harm our brand and reputation.

10


11

Furthermore, developing and commercializing new products may divert management'smanagement’s attention from other aspects of our business and place a strain on management, operational and financial resources, as well as our information systems. We may not execute successfully on commercializing those products because of errors in product planning or timing, technical hurdles that we fail to overcome in a timely fashion, or a lack of appropriate resources. Launching new products or updating existing products may also leave us with obsolete inventory that we may not be able to sell or we may sell at significantly discounted prices. If we are unable to successfully develop or otherwise acquire new products, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Because we are engaged in a highly competitive business, if we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

The pet health and wellness industry is highly competitive. We compete on the basis of product and ingredient quality, product availability, palatability, brand awareness, loyalty and trust, product variety and innovation, product packaging and design, reputation, price and convenience and promotional efforts. The pet products and services retail industry has become increasingly competitive due to the expansion of pet-related product offerings by certain supermarkets, warehouse clubs, and other mass and general retail and online merchandisers and the entrance of other specialty retailers into the pet food and pet supply market, which makes it more difficult for us to compete for brand recognition and differentiation of our products and services. We face direct competition from companies that sell various pet health and wellness products at a lower price point and distribute such products to traditional retailers, which are larger than we are and have greater financial resources. Price gaps between products may result in market share erosion and harm our business. Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative or strategic relationships amongst themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their resources and offerings. Further, it is possible that domestic or foreign companies, some with greater experience in the pet health and wellness industry or greater financial resources than we possess, will seek to provide products or services that compete directly or indirectly with ours in the future.

Many of our competitors may have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater net sales and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer preferences or habits. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing policies, which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate net sales from their customer bases more effectively than we do.

Our competitors may be able to identify and adapt to changes in consumer preferences more quickly than us due to their resources and scale. They may also be more successful in marketing and selling their products, better able to increase prices to reflect cost pressures and better able to increase their promotional activity, which may impact us and the entire pet health and wellness industry. Increased competition as to any of our products could result in price reduction, increased costs, reduced margins and loss of market share, which could negatively affect our profitability. While we believe we are better equipped to customize products for the pet health and wellness market generally as compared to other companies in the industry, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully compete against these other companies. Expansion into markets served by our competitors and entry of new competitors or expansion of existing competitors into our markets could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to attract new customers, or retain existing customers, or fail to do either in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to increase sales.

We are highly dependent on the effectiveness of our marketing messages and the efficiency of our advertising expenditures in generating consumer awareness and sales of our products. We may not always be successful in developing effective messages and new marketing channels, as consumer preferences and competition change, and in achieving efficiency in our advertising expenditures. We depend heavily on internet-based advertising to market our products through internet-based media and e-commerce platforms. If we are unable to continue utilizing such platforms, if those media and platforms diminish in importance or size, or if we are unable to direct our advertising to our target consumer groups, our advertising efforts may be ineffective, and our business could be adversely affected. The costs of advertising through these platforms have increased significantly, which could in decreaseddecrease efficiency in the use of our advertising expenditures, and we expect these costs may continue to increase in the future.

11

Consumers are increasingly using digital tools as a part of their shopping experience. As a result, our future growth and profitability will depend in part on:

the effectiveness and efficiency of our online experience for disparate worldwide audiences, including advertising and search optimization programs in generating consumer awareness and sales of our products;

the effectiveness and efficiency of our online experience for disparate worldwide audiences, including advertising and search optimization programs in generating consumer awareness and sales of our products;

our ability to prevent confusion among consumers that can result from search engines that allow competitors to use or bid on our trademarks to direct consumers to competitors’ websites;

our ability to prevent Internet publication or television broadcast of false or misleading information regarding our products or our competitors’ products;

our ability to prevent confusion among consumers that can result from search engines that allow competitors to use or bid on our trademarks to direct consumers to competitors’ websites;

12

the nature and tone of consumer sentiment published on various social media sites; and

Table of Contents

the stability of our website and other e-commerce platforms we sell our products on. In recent years, a number of DTC, Internet-based retailers have emerged and have driven up the cost of basic search terms, which has and may continue to increase the cost of our Internet-based marketing programs.

our ability to prevent Internet publication or television broadcast of false or misleading information regarding our products or our competitors’ products;

the nature and tone of consumer sentiment published on various social media sites; and
the stability of our website and other e-commerce platforms we sell our products on. In recent years, a number of DTC, Internet-based retailers have emerged and have driven up the cost of basic search terms, which has and may continue to increase the cost of our Internet-based marketing programs.
If our marketing messages are ineffective or our advertising expenditures, geographic price-points, and other marketing programs, including digital programs, are inefficient in creating awareness and consideration of our products and brand name and in driving consumer traffic to our website or to our other sales channels, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely impacted. In addition, if we are not effective in preventing the publication of confusing, false or misleading information regarding our brand or our products, or if there arises significant negative consumer sentiment on social media regarding our brand or our products, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely impacted.

Food safety and food-borne illness incidents may materially adversely affect our business by exposing us to lawsuits, product recalls or regulatory enforcement actions, increasing our operating costs and reducing demand for our product offerings.

Selling food for consumption involves inherent legal and other risks, and there is increasing governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety. Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death related to allergens, food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents caused by products we sell, or involving our suppliers or co-manufacturers, could result in the discontinuance of sales of these products or our relationships with such suppliers or co-manufacturers, or otherwise result in increased operating costs, regulatory enforcement actions or harm to our reputation. Shipment of adulterated or misbranded products, even if inadvertent, can result in criminal or civil liability. Such incidents could also expose us to product liability, negligence or other lawsuits, including consumer class action lawsuits. Any claims brought against us may exceed or be outside the scope of our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is more than our policy limits or not covered by our policies or not subject to insurance would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which would reduce our capital resources.

The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, resulting in higher costs, disruptions in supply and a reduction in our sales. Furthermore, any instances of food contamination or regulatory noncompliance, whether or not caused by our actions, could compel us, our suppliers, our distributors or our customers, depending on the circumstances, to conduct a recall in accordance with FDA regulations, comparable state laws or foreign laws in jurisdictions in which we operate. Food recalls could result in significant losses due to their costs, the destruction of product inventory, lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time and potential loss of existing distributors or customers and a potential negative impact on our ability to attract new customers due to negative consumer experiences or because of an adverse impact on our brand and reputation. The costs of a recall could exceed or be outside the scope of our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits.

In addition, food companies have been subject to targeted, large-scale tampering as well as to opportunistic, individual product tampering, and we, like any food company, could be a target for product tampering. Forms of tampering could include the introduction of foreign material, chemical contaminants and pathological organisms into consumer products as well as product substitution. FDA regulations require companies like us to analyze, prepare and implement mitigation strategies specifically to address tampering (i.e., intentional adulteration) designed to inflict widespread public health harm. If we do not adequately address the possibility, or any actual instance, of intentional adulteration, we could face possible seizure or recall of our products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not be able to manage our manufacturing and supply chain effectively, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

We must accurately forecast demand for all of our products in order to ensure that we have enough products available to meet the needs of our customers. Our forecasts are based on multiple assumptions that may cause our estimates to be inaccurate and affect our ability to obtain adequate co-manufacturing capacity in order to meet the demand for our products. If we do not accurately align our manufacturing capabilities with demand, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

In addition, we must continuously monitor our inventory and product mix against forecasted demand. If we underestimate demand, we risk having inadequate supplies. We also face the risk of having too much inventory on hand that may reach its expiration date and become unsalable, and we may be forced to rely on markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess or slow-moving inventory. If we are unable to manage our supply chain effectively, our operating costs could increase and our profit margins could decrease.

12
13


If any of our independent shipping providers experience delays or disruptions, our business could be adversely affected.

We rely on independent shipping service providers to ship raw materials and products from our third-party suppliers and to ship products from our manufacturing and distribution warehouses to our customers. Our utilization of any shipping companies that we may elect to use, is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, employee strikes, organized labor activities and inclement weather, which may impact the shipping company'scompany’s ability to provide delivery services sufficient to meet our shipping needs. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable terms with these companies or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, it could negatively impact our operating results and customer experience.

Our intellectual property rights may be inadequate to protect our business.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights, both in the U.S. and in foreign countries, through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing agreements and third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. Because of the differences in foreign trademark, patent and other laws concerning proprietary rights, our intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the U.S. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, we could be materially adversely affected.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote significant additional resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

We depend on the knowledge and skills of our senior management and other key employees, and if we are unable to retain and motivate them or recruit additional qualified personnel, our business may suffer.

We have benefited substantially from the leadership and performance of our senior management, as well as other key employees. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current management and key employees, and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to retain our personnel or attract new, qualified personnel. In addition, we do not maintain any “key person” life insurance policies. The loss of the services of members of our senior management or key employees could prevent or delay the implementation and completion of our strategic objectives, or divert management’s attention to seeking qualified replacements.

A failure of one or more key information technology systems, networks or processes may materially adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage our sales and marketing, accounting and financial and legal and compliance functions, engineering and product development tasks, research and development data, communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment and other business processes. We also rely on third parties and virtualized infrastructure to operate and support our information technology systems. The failure of our information technology systems, or those of our third-party service providers, to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies and the loss of sales and customers, causing our business and results of operations to suffer.

In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security breaches, cyber-attacks and computer viruses. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as a result of any of these factors or our failure to effectively restore our systems or implement new systems could disrupt our entire operation and could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages and a loss of important information.

13


14

Further, it is critically important for us to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of our information technology systems. To the extent that we have information in our databases that our customers consider confidential or sensitive, any unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, such information could result in a violation of applicable data privacy and security, data protection, and consumer protection laws and regulations, legal and financial exposure, damage to our reputation, a loss of confidence of our customers, suppliers and manufacturers and lost sales. Despite the implementation of certain security measures, our systems may still be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. If any of these risks materialize, our reputation and our ability to conduct our business may be materially adversely affected.

We rely heavily on third-party commerce platforms to conduct our businesses. If one of those platforms is compromised, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

We currently rely upon third-party commerce platforms, including Shopify. We also rely on e-mail service providers, bandwidth providers, Internet service providers and mobile networks to deliver e-mail and “push” communications to customers and to allow customers to access our website. Any damage to, or failure of, our systems or the systems of our third-party commerce platform providers could result in interruptions to the availability or functionality of our website and mobile applications. As a result, we could lose customer data and miss order fulfillment deadlines, which could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages.

In the future, the loss of access to these third-party platforms, or any significant cost increases from operating on the marketplaces, could significantly reduce our revenues, and the success of our business depends partly on continued access to these third-party platforms. Our relationships with our third-party commerce platform providers could deteriorate as a result of a variety of factors, such as if they become concerned about our ability to deliver quality products on a timely basis or to protect a third-party’s intellectual property. In addition, third-party marketplace providers could prohibit our access to these marketplaces if we are not able to meet the applicable required terms of use. If for any reason our arrangements with our third-party commerce platform providers are terminated or interrupted, such termination or interruption could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, we exercise little control over these providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they provide. We could experience additional expense in arranging for new facilities, technology, services and support. The failure of our third-party commerce platform providers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruption in the availability or functionality of our website and mobile applications, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may face difficulties as we expand our business and operations into jurisdictions in which we have no prior operating experience.

We plan in the future to expand our operations and business into jurisdictions outside of the jurisdictions where we currently carry on business, including internationally. There can be no assurance that any market for our products will develop in any such foreign jurisdiction. We may face new or unexpected risks or significantly increase our exposure to one or more existing risk factors, including economic instability, new competition, changes in laws and regulations, including the possibility that we could be in violation of these laws and regulations as a result of such changes, and the effects of competition.

In addition, it may be difficult for us to understand and accurately predict taste preferences and purchasing habits of consumers in new markets. It is costly to establish, develop and maintain operations and develop and promote our brands in new jurisdictions. As we expand our business into other jurisdictions, we may encounter regulatory, legal, personnel, technological and other difficulties that increase our expenses and/or delay our ability to become profitable in such countries, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and brand. These factors may limit our capability to successfully expand our operations in, or export our products to, those other jurisdictions.

There may be decreased spending on pets in a challenging economic climate.

A challenging economic climate, including adverse changes in interest rates, volatile commodity markets and inflation, contraction in the availability of credit in the market and reductions in consumer spending, or a slow-down in the general economy or a shift in consumer preferences to less expensive products may result in reduced demand for our products which may affect our profitability. Pet ownership and the purchase of pet-related products may constitute discretionary spending for some consumers and any material decline in consumer discretionary spending may reduce overall levels of spending on pets. As a result, a challenging economic climate may cause a decline in demand for our products which could be disproportionate as compared to competing pet food brands since our products command a price premium.

Since a significant portion of our revenue has been and is expected to be derived from China, a slowdown in economic growth in China could adversely impact the sales of our products in China, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, a deterioration in trade relations between the U.S. and China or other countries, or the negative perception of U.S. brands by Chinese or other international consumers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

14
15


If economic conditions result in decreased spending on pets and have a negative impact on our suppliers or distributors, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Significant merchandise returns or refunds could harm our business.

We allow our customers to return products or obtain refunds, subject to our return and refunds policy. If merchandise returns or refunds are significant or higher than anticipated and forecasted, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Further, we modify our policies relating to returns or refunds from time to time, and may do so in the future, which may result in customer dissatisfaction and harm to our reputation or brand, or an increase in the number of product returns or the amount of refunds we make.

We may seek to grow our company and business through acquisitions, investments or through strategic alliances and our failure to identify and successfully integrate and manage these assets could have a material adverse effect on the anticipated benefits of the acquisition and our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We expect to consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in new or complementary businesses, facilities, technologies or products, or enter into strategic alliances, which may enhance our capabilities, expand our network, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets. In 2019, we completed three significant acquisitions that involved the combination of three businesses that historically have operated as independent companies. The success of these completed acquisitions and any future acquisitions will depend in large part on the success of our management team in integrating the operations, strategies, technologies and personnel. Potential and completed acquisitions, investments and other strategic alliances involve numerous risks, including: problems integrating the purchased business, facilities, technologies or products; issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies; assumed liabilities; unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances; diversion of management'smanagement’s attention from our existing business; adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers, manufacturers, and retail customers; risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience; potential write-offs of acquired assets and/or an impairment of any goodwill recorded as a result of an acquisition; potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions if the integration process takes longer than expected or is more costly than expected. Our failure to meet the challenges involved in successfully integrating acquisitions, including the operations of Halo, or TruPet, or to otherwise realize any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions could impair our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we do not know if we will be able to identify additional acquisitions or strategic relationships we deem suitable or whether we will be able to successfully complete any such transactions on favorable terms or at all. Our ability to successfully grow through strategic transactions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses, facilities, technologies and products and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming and may disrupt our ongoing business.

Premiums for our insurance coverage may not continue to be commercially justifiable, and our insurance coverage may have limitations and other exclusions and may not be sufficient to cover our potential liabilities.

We have insurance to protect our assets, operations and employees. While we believe our insurance coverage addresses all material risks to which we are exposed and is adequate and customary in our current state of operations, such insurance is subject to coverage limits and exclusions and may not be available for the risks and hazards to which we are exposed. No assurance can be given that such insurance will be adequate to cover our liabilities or will be generally available in the future or, if available, that premiums will be commercially justifiable. If we are unable to obtain such insurances or if we were to incur substantial liability and such damages were not covered by insurance or were in excess of policy limits, we may be prevented from entering into certain business sectors, our growth may be inhibited, and we may be exposed to additional risk and financial liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings relating to our business operations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, we are subject to allegations, and may be party to legal claims and regulatory proceedings, relating to our business operations. Such allegations, claims and proceedings may be brought by third parties, including our customers, employees, governmental or regulatory bodies or competitors. Defending against such claims and proceedings, regardless of their merits or outcomes, is costly and time consuming and may divert management’s attention and personnel resources from our normal business operations, and the outcome of many of these claims and proceedings cannot be predicted. If any of these claims or proceedings were to be determined adversely to us, a judgment, a fine or a settlement involving a payment of a material sum of money were to occur, or injunctive relief were issued against us, our reputation could be affected and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

15


16

If third parties claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Any claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could be expensive and time consuming to defend; could require us to cease selling the products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; could require us to redesign, reengineer, or rebrand the product, if feasible; could divert management’s attention and resources; or could require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property. Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

A successful claim of infringement against us could result in our being required to pay significant damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements, or stop the sale of certain products, any of which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our future prospects.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, other applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, and applicable trade control laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We operate our business in part outside of the U.S. and our operations are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), as well as the anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in the countries where we do business. In addition, we are subject to U.S. and other applicable trade control regulations that restrict with whom we may transact business, including the trade sanctions enforced by the U.S. Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). We also plan to expand our operations outside of the U.S. in the future and our risks related to the FCPA will increase as we grow our international presence. Any violations of these anti-corruption or trade controls laws, or even allegations of such violations, can lead to an investigation and/or enforcement action, which could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction, and lead to significant costs and expenses, including legal fees. In addition, our brand and reputation, our sales activities or our stock price could be adversely affected if we become the subject of any negative publicity related to actual or potential violations of anti-corruption, anti-bribery or trade control laws and regulations.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited.

Our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss carryforwards and federal tax credit may be limited under Section 382 of the Code as amended by the Tax Cut and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”). The limitations apply if we experience an “ownership change”. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply. If we have experienced an ownership change at any time since our formation, we may already be subject to limitations on our ability to utilize our existing net operating losses to offset taxable income. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an ownership change and, consequently, the limitations under Section 382. As a result, if or when we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset such taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could adversely affect our future cash flows.

We may have material liabilities that have not been discovered since the closing of the acquisitions.

As a result of our acquisitions in 2019, the prior business plan and management relating to Better Choice Company was abandoned. We may have material liabilities based on activities of our subsidiaries before the acquisitions that have not been discovered or asserted. We could experience losses as a result of any such undisclosed liabilities that are discovered in the future, which could materially harm our business and financial condition. Although the agreements entered into in connection with the acquisitions contains customary representations and warranties from Bona Vida, Halo and TruPet concerning their assets, liabilities, financial condition and affairs, there may be limited or no recourse against the pre-acquisition stockholders or principals in the event those representations prove to be untrue. As a result, our current and future stockholders will bear some, or all, of the risks relating to any such unknown or undisclosed liabilities.

Risks Related to the Regulation of our Business and Products

We and our co-manufacturers and suppliers are subject to extensive governmental regulation and may be subject to enforcement if we are not in compliance with applicable requirements.

We and our third-party suppliers are subject to a broad range of foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, the testing, development, manufacture, distribution, marketing and post-market reporting of animal foods. These include laws administered by the FDA, the FTC, the USDA, and other federal, state and local regulatory authorities. Because we market food, supplements and other products that are regulated as food and cosmetic care products for animals, we and the companies that manufacture our products are subject to the requirements of the FDCA and regulations promulgated thereunder by the FDA. The FDCA and related regulations govern, among other things, the manufacturing, composition, ingredients, packaging, labeling and safety of food for animals. The FDA requires that facilities that manufacture animal food products comply with a range of requirements. If our third-party suppliers cannot successfully manufacture products that conform to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements, they may be subject to adverse inspectional findings or enforcement actions, which could materially impact our ability to market our products, could result in their inability to continue manufacturing for us or could result in a recall of our products that have already been distributed.

16
17


If the FDA or other regulatory authority determines that we or they have not complied with the applicable regulatory requirements, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely impacted. If we do not comply with labeling requirements, including making unlawful claims about our products, we could be subject to public warning letters and possible further enforcement. Failure by us or our co-manufacturers and suppliers to comply with applicable laws and regulations or to obtain and maintain necessary permits, licenses and registrations relating to our or our partners’ operations could subject us to administrative and civil penalties, including fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, warning letters, restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, or refusals to permit the import or export of products, as well as potential criminal sanctions, which could result in increased operating costs resulting in a material effect on our operating results and business. For further detail, refer to the information under “Item 1. Business—Government Regulation” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

International expansion of our business could expose us to substantial business, regulatory, political, financial and economic risksrisks.

.

We currently conduct business and market products in the U.S., Canada and select Asian markets, including China. The expansion of our business outside of the U.S. could expose us to substantial risks, which may include, but are not limited to, the following:

political, social and economic instability;

political, social and economic instability;

higher levels of credit risk, corruption and payment fraud;

regulations that might add difficulties in repatriating cash earned outside the U.S. and otherwise prevent us from freely moving cash;

higher levels of credit risk, corruption and payment fraud;

import and export controls and restrictions and changes in trade regulations

compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and similar laws in other jurisdictions;

regulations that might add difficulties in repatriating cash earned outside the U.S. and otherwise prevent us from freely moving cash;

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as privacy, security and data use regulations, tax laws, trade regulations, economic sanctions and embargoes, employment laws, anti-corruption laws, regulatory requirements, reimbursement or payor regimes and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;

failure by us, our collaborators or our distributors to obtain regulatory clearance, authorization or approval for the use of our products in various countries;

import and export controls and restrictions and changes in trade regulations

additional potentially relevant third-party patent rights;

complexities and difficulties in obtaining intellectual property protection and enforcing our intellectual property;

compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and similar laws in other jurisdictions;

logistics and regulations associated with shipping samples and customer orders, including infrastructure conditions and transportation delays;

the impact of local and regional financial crises;

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as privacy, security and data use regulations, tax laws, trade regulations, economic sanctions and embargoes, employment laws, anti-corruption laws, regulatory requirements, reimbursement or payor regimes and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism and political unrest, and outbreak of disease;

breakdowns in infrastructure, utilities and other services;

failure by us, our collaborators or our distributors to obtain regulatory clearance, authorization or approval for the use of our products in various countries;

boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions; and

the other risks and uncertainties described in this Form 10K

additional potentially relevant third-party patent rights;

complexities and difficulties in obtaining intellectual property protection and enforcing our intellectual property;

logistics and regulations associated with shipping samples and customer orders, including infrastructure conditions and transportation delays;
the impact of local and regional financial crises;
natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism and political unrest, and outbreak of disease;
breakdowns in infrastructure, utilities and other services;
boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions; and
the other risks and uncertainties described in this Form 10K
Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our revenue and results of operations.

Changes in government regulations and trade policies may materially and adversely affect our sales and results of operations.

The U.S. or foreign governments may take administrative, legislative, or regulatory action that could materially interfere with our ability to sell products in certain countries and/or to certain customers, particularly in China. As part of our attempt to broaden its customer base, we have begun offering our products to Chinese consumers. Our decision to export products to China requires us to comply with Chinese rules, laws, and regulations, as well as certain domestic and international laws relating to the import and export of goods to foreign countries. These laws are often changing, and the costs associated with complying with these laws and regulations may adversely affect us. Additionally, changes in the current laws may make importing products to China more difficult, which may also negatively affect our business. Furthermore, changes in U.S. trade policy more generally could trigger retaliatory actions by affected countries, which could impose restrictions on our ability to do business in or with affected countries or prohibit, reduce or discourage purchases of our products by foreign customers. Changes in, and responses to, U.S. trade policy could reduce the competitiveness of our products, cause our sales to decline and adversely impact our ability to compete, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

17
18


There is significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the U.S. and China with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs. An escalation of recent trade tensions between the U.S. and China has resulted in trade restrictions that could harm our ability to participate in Chinese markets and numerous additional such restrictions have been threatened by both countries. The U.S. and China have imposed a number of tariffs and other restrictions on items imported or exported between the U.S. and China. We cannot predict what actions may ultimately be taken with respect to tariffs or trade relations between the U.S. and China or other countries, what products may be subject to such actions, or what actions may be taken by the other countries in retaliation. The institution of trade tariffs both globally and between the U.S. and China specifically carries the risk of negatively impacting China’s overall economic condition, which could have negative repercussions for our business. Our products are and may continue to be subject to export license requirements or restrictions, particularly in respect of China.

Our products may be subject to recalls for a variety of reasons, which could require us to expend significant management and capital resources.

Manufacturers and distributors of products are sometimes subject to the recall or return of their products for a variety of reasons, including product defects, such as contamination, adulteration, unintended harmful side effects or interactions with other substances, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labeling disclosure. Although we have detailed procedures in place for testing finished products, there can be no assurance that any quality, potency or contamination problems will be detected in time to avoid unforeseen product recalls, regulatory action or lawsuits, whether frivolous or otherwise. If any of the animal food or care products produced by us are recalled due to an alleged product defect or for any other reason, we could be required to incur the unexpected expense of the recall and any legal proceedings that might arise in connection with the recall. We had to issue a recall in 2018 for one of our products after a single retail sample collected by the Michigan Department of Agriculture tested positive for Salmonella. Although customers reported no incidents of injury or illness in association with this product, the recall negatively affected our results. As a result of any such recall, customers may be hesitant to purchase our products in the future and we may lose a significant amount of sales and may not be able to replace those sales at an acceptable margin or at all. In addition, a product recall may require significant management attention or damage our reputation and goodwill or that of our products or brands. Additionally, product recalls may lead to increased scrutiny of our operations by the FDA or other state or federal regulatory agencies, requiring further management attention, increased compliance costs and potential legal fees, fines, penalties and other expenses.

Changes in existing laws or regulations, including how such existing laws or regulations are enforced by federal, state, and local authorities, or the adoption of new laws or regulations may increase our costs and otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The manufacture and marketing of animal food products is highly regulated, and we and our co-manufacturers and suppliers are subject to a variety of federal and state laws and regulations applicable to pet food and treats. These laws and regulations apply to many aspects of our business, including the manufacture, packaging, labeling, distribution, advertising, sale, quality and safety of our products. We could incur costs, including fines, penalties, and third-party claims, in the event of any violations of, or liabilities under, such requirements, including any competitor or consumer challenges relating to compliance with such requirements. For example, in connection with the marketing and advertisement of our products, we could be the target of claims relating to false or deceptive advertising, including under the auspices of the FTC and state consumer protection statutes. The regulatory environment in which we operate could change significantly and adversely in the future. The laws and regulations that apply to our products and business may change in the future and we may incur (directly or indirectly) material costs to comply with current or future laws and regulations or any required product recalls. New or revised government laws and regulations could significantly limit our ability to run our business as it is currently conducted, result in additional compliance costs and, in the event of noncompliance, lead to administrative or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, withdrawals, recalls or seizures and confiscations, as well as potential criminal sanctions. Any such changes or actions by the FDA or other regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on our co-manufacturers, our suppliers or our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure

We are a holding company and rely on payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations and pay any dividends.

We have limited direct operations and significant assets other than ownership of 100% of the capital stock of our subsidiaries. Because we primarily conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, and to pay any dividends with respect to our common stock. Legal and contractual restrictions in our term loan and revolving line of credit agreement and other agreements that may govern future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries might not be sufficient to make distributions or obtain loans to enable us to meet certain of our obligations. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

18
19


Our level of indebtedness and related covenants could limit our operational and financial flexibility and could significantly adversely affect our business if we breach such covenants and default on such indebtedness.

Our ability to meet our debt service obligations depends upon our operating and financial performance, which is subject to general economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to service our debt, we may need to sell inventory and other material assets, restructure or refinance our debt, or seek additional equity capital. If our inability to meet our debt service obligations results in an event of default as defined under our subordinated convertible promissory notes or our seniorAlphia term loan and Wintrust receivables credit facility, the lenders thereunder may be able to take possession of substantially all of our assets. Prevailing economic conditions and global credit markets could adversely impact our ability to do so.

In addition, our debt agreements contain limits on our ability to, among other things, incur additional debt, grant liens, undergo certain fundamental changes, make investments, and dispose of inventory. These restrictions may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interests of the business and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. If we determine that we need to take any action that is restricted under our debt agreements, we will need to first obtain a waiver from the related lenders. Obtaining such waivers, if needed, may impose additional costs or we may be unable to obtain such waivers. Our ability to comply with these restrictive covenants in future periods will largely depend on our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default, which could result in the acceleration of our outstanding debt. In the event of an acceleration of such debt, we could be forced to apply all available cash flows to repay such debt, which could also force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

For information regarding our outstanding debt, refer to "Note“Note 8 - Debt"Debt” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report, which is incorporated into this Item 1A by reference.

Our common stock may be deemed to be a “penny stock” and the “penny stock” rules could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The SEC has adopted Rule 3a51-1, which establishes the definition of a “penny stock” as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Our common stock may be deemed to be a penny stock. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, Rule 15g-9 requires that a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our common stock and cause a decline in the market value of our stock.

Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of NYSE American could result in a de-listingdelisting of our common stock and could make it more difficult to raise capital in the future.

NYSE has listing requirements for inclusion of securities for trading on the NYSE American, including minimum levels of stockholders'stockholders’ equity, market value of publicly held shares, number of public stockholders and stock price. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in maintaining the listing of NYSE American as it is possible we may fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum stock price requirement. During the third quarter, the Company received a notice of noncompliance from the NYSE American. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements before the end of the cure period, the NYSE American may take steps to de-listdelist our common stock. Such a de-listingdelisting or the announcement of such de-listingdelisting will have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a de-listing,delisting, we may attempt to take actions to restore our compliance with the NYSE American listing requirements, but we can provide no assurance that any such action taken by us would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the NYSE American minimum listing requirements or prevent future non-compliance with the NYSE American listing requirements. If we do not maintain the listing of our common stock on NYSE American, it could make it harder for us to raise additional capital in the long-term. If we are unable to raise capital when needed in the future, we may have to cease or reduce operations.

Our common stock prices may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. Our financial performance, government regulatory action, tax laws, interest rates and market conditions in general could have a significant impact on the future market price of our common stock.

19
20


The public price of our common stock could also be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the risk factors described in this report and others beyond our control, including: the number of shares of our common stock publicly owned and available for trading; actual or anticipated quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors; our actual or anticipated operating performance and the operating performance of similar companies in our industry; our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding significant contracts, acquisitions, or strategic investments; general economic conditions and their impact on the pet food markets; the overall performance of the equity markets; threatened or actual litigation; changes in laws or regulations relating to our industry; any major change in our board of directors or management; publication of research reports about us or our industry or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; and sales or expected sales of shares of our common stock by us, and our officers, directors, and significant stockholders. From time to time, our affiliates may sell stock for reasons due to their personal financial circumstances. These sales may be interpreted by other stockholders as an indication of our performance and result in subsequent sales of our stock that have the effect of creating downward pressure on the market price of our common stock.

The volatility of the market price of our common stock may adversely affect the ability of investors to purchase or sell shares of our common stock. Investors may also experience losses on their investments in our stock due to price fluctuations. In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends to the holders of the common stock in the foreseeable future and the availability and timing of future cash dividends, if any, is uncertain.

We expect to use cash flow from future operations to repay debt and support the growth of our business and do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our Wintrust Credit Facility, subordinated convertible notes,receivables credit facility and Alphia term loan and revolving line of credit place certain restrictions on the ability of us and our subsidiaries to pay cash dividends. We may amend our current credit facilities or enter into new debt arrangements that also prohibit or restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock.

Subject to such restrictions, our board of directors will determine the amount and timing of stockholder dividends, if any, that we may pay in future periods. In making this determination, our directors will consider all relevant factors, including the amount of cash available for dividends, capital expenditures, covenants, prohibitions or limitations with respect to dividends, applicable law, general operational requirements and other variables. We cannot predict the amount or timing of any future dividends you may receive, and if we do commence the payment of dividends, we may be unable to pay, maintain or increase dividends over time. Therefore, you may not be able to realize any return on your investment in our common stock for an extended period of time, if at all.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, may depress our share price, and any additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

In the future, we may issue our previously authorized and unissued securities. We are authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 4,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, preferences and rights as determined by our board of directors. The potential issuance of such additional shares of common stock will result in the dilution of the ownership interests of the holders of our common stock and may create downward pressure on the trading price, if any, of our common stock. The sales of substantial amounts of our common stock pursuant to our effective registration statements, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital. These shares also may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. We also may grant additional registration rights in connection with any future issuance of our capital stock.

For information regarding our outstanding stockholders’ equity and potentially dilutive securities, refer to "Note“Note 8 - Debt"Debt”, "Note“Note 10 - Convertible preferred stock"Commitments and contingencies”, "Note“Note 11 - Stockholders’ equity (deficit)", "NoteWarrants” and “Note 12 - Warrants" and "Note 13 - Share-based compensation"compensation” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated into this Item 1A by reference.

The market price of our common stock may not attract new investors, including institutional investors, and may not satisfy the investing requirements of those investors. Consequently, the trading liquidity of our common stock may not improve.

There can be no assurance that the share price of our stock will attract new investors, including institutional investors. In addition, there can be no assurance that the market price of our common stock will satisfy the investing requirements of those investors. As a result, the trading liquidity of our common stock may not necessarily improve.

20


21

We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events, or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might grant to holders of preferred stock could affect the value of the common stock. The issuance of such preferred stock could also be used as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.

The administrative and regulatory costs of public company compliance could consume a significant amount of our resources.

The rules and regulations related to being a public company require us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. The legal and financial compliance make some activities more time-consuming and costly, particularly after we are no longer a smaller reporting company. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements or regulations as a public reporting company in any regard, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a costly and challenging process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources and potentially engage outside consultants or hire an internal audit resource to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm will be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

We are a smaller reporting company which could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are a smaller reporting company, as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K, and we may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations while we continue to qualify as a smaller reporting company, it may make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible. Some investors may find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions, which could result in a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

Our bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer (or affiliate of any of the foregoing) of us to us or the our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any other action asserting a claim arising under, in connection with, and governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that these exclusive forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our bylaws described in the preceding sentence. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our bylaws inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

21


22

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may discourage a takeover attempt even if a takeover might be beneficial to our stockholders.

Provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us after we have become a publicly traded company. Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of preferred stock without any vote or action by our stockholders. Thus, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power of holders of our other series of capital stock. These rights may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our company. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation and/or bylaws establish limitations on the removal of directors and on the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings and include advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), which prohibits an “interested stockholder” owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which such stockholder acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

We will not be obligated pursuant to the indemnification agreements entered into with our directors and executive officers to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings to enforce an indemnitees right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, proceedings authorized by our board of directors and if offered by us in our sole discretion.

The rights conferred in our certificate of incorporation are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

We may not retroactively amend our certificate of incorporation or indemnification agreement provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

We will not be obligated pursuant to the indemnification agreements entered into with our directors and executive officers to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings to enforce an indemnitees right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, proceedings authorized by our board of directors and if offered by us in our sole discretion.

The rights conferred in our certificate of incorporation are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.
We may not retroactively amend our certificate of incorporation or indemnification agreement provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.
As a result of these provisions, if an investor were able to enforce an action against our directors or officers, in all likelihood, we would be required to pay any expenses they incurred in defending the lawsuit and any judgment or settlement they otherwise would be required to pay. Accordingly, our indemnification obligations could divert needed financial resources and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and adversely affect the value of our business.

22
23


ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C.CYBERSECURITY

Cybersecurity risk management is an important part of the Company’s overall risk management efforts. We maintain a comprehensive enterprise-wide information security program that comprises policies and controls designed to identify, safeguard against, detect, respond to, mitigate and manage reasonably foreseeable cybersecurity risks and threats. Our approach utilizes diverse security tools to prevent, identify, investigate, resolve and recover from vulnerabilities and security incidents. These include, but are not limited to, internal reporting, monitoring and detection tools. We use a collaborative, enterprise-wide strategy to address cybersecurity risks and allocate significant resources to our cybersecurity and risk management processes, which efforts are intended to adapt to the evolving cybersecurity landscape and promptly address emerging threats. Our cybersecurity risk management program aligns with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) framework and is organized into five key functions: identification, protection, detection, response and recovery. We regularly assess the threat landscape and employ a layered cybersecurity strategy to prevent, detect and mitigate threats.

All employees undergo security awareness training, with regular testing through simulated phishing emails. Certain employee positions require additional role-based, specialized security awareness or other cybersecurity training, as applicable. Simulations, drills and assessments are conducted to test our defenses from both a technical and an operational perspective.

We assess risks associated with third-party providers as part of our overall cybersecurity risk management framework by reviewing system and organization controls reports, when available, and other independent reports. We also generally require third parties to, among other things, maintain security controls to protect our confidential information and to promptly notify us of material breaches that may impact our data.

Our Board of Directors has oversight of our enterprise risk assessment and risk management processes, as well as the steps taken to mitigate these risks, including for cybersecurity matters. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors has oversight of cybersecurity risk assessment and risk management policies as part of its risk management oversight responsibilities, and is responsible for ensuring that the Company has processes in place to identify, evaluate and manage cybersecurity risks, as well as appropriate processes and programs to mitigate cybersecurity incidents if they occur. Significant cybersecurity matters, including those related to incidents, are escalated to the Board of Directors.

We face cybersecurity threats in the ordinary course of our business and have faced cybersecurity threats and breach attempts in the past. Such threats and breach attempts have not materially affected our business, strategy, results of operations or financial condition. At any given time, however, we may face known or unknown cybersecurity risks and threats that cannot be fully prevented or mitigated, and we may discover vulnerabilities in our cybersecurity programs. Therefore, we may not be successful in preventing or mitigating a cybersecurity incident that could have a material adverse effect on us. For more information on the cybersecurity risks we face, please refer to “A failure of one or more key information technology systems, networks or processes may materially adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.” in Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES
ITEM 2.PROPERTIES

Our principal place of business is located at 12400 Race Track Road, Tampa, FL 33626, which consists of approximately 5,000 square feet of office space which we lease. Our lease for this location is scheduled to expire on January 31, 2023.

2026.

We do not own any properties or land.

We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available if the need arises in the future.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we are subject to litigation and other proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Subject to the inherent uncertainties of litigation and although no assurances are possible, we believe that there are no pending lawsuits or claims that, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or our yearly results of operations.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

23
24


PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock is currently listed on the NYSE American marketplace under the symbol “BTTR” after the consummation of our IPO on July 1, 2021 and was previously listed on the OTC Market Group Inc.'s’s OTCQX market after being upgraded from the OTCQB on December 28, 2020 where it had been trading since June 2010. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated and as reported on the NYSE American and OTC Markets, the high and low bid prices for our common stock. Such over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-downs or commissions, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions:

HighLow
2020
First Quarter (1)
$16.20$3.00
Second Quarter (1)
$12.00$3.57
Third Quarter (1)
$12.00$1.44
Fourth Quarter (2)
$7.68$2.70
2021
First Quarter (3)
$10.80$6.84
Second Quarter (3)
$9.72$4.02
Third Quarter (4)
$4.78$2.96
Fourth Quarter (4)
$4.30$2.85

(1)

  High  Low 
2022        
First Quarter (1) $158.00  $84.40 
Second Quarter (1) $121.60  $74.40 
Third Quarter (1) $106.00  $31.20 
Fourth Quarter (1) $49.60  $17.60 
2023        
First Quarter (1) $33.20  $13.00 
Second Quarter (1) $22.60  $7.76 
Third Quarter (1) $11.20  $4.44 
Fourth Quarter (1) $23.20  $4.88 

The high and low bid prices for this quarter were reported by the OTCQB marketplace.

(1)The high and low bid prices for this quarter were reported by the NYSE American marketplace.

(2)

The high and low bid prices for this quarter were reported by the OTCQB & OTCQX marketplaces.

(3)The high and low bid prices for this quarter were reported by the OTCQX marketplace.
(4)The high and low bid prices for this quarter were reported by the NYSE American marketplace.
Holders of Common Stock

As of March 25, 2022,April 11, 2024, we had 29,364,712893,601 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding. As of March 25, 2022,April 11, 2024, there were 156154 record holders of our common stock. Certain shares are held in “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividend Policy

We do not currently anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our results of operations and financial condition, capital requirements, business prospects, statutory and contractual restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends, including restrictions contained in our credit agreements, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

Information about our equity compensation plans is included in Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

10-K.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2019,2022, the registrant made the following issuances and purchases of its unregistered securities as described below. All share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the reverse stock split of 26-for-1 of the registrant’s common stock effective on March 15, 2019 and a reverse stock split of 1-for-61-for-44 effective June 28, 2021 in connection with the IPO.

March 20, 2024.

(1) In connection with the acquisition of Bona Vida, Inc., on May 6, 2019,On February 1, 2022, the registrant issued an aggregate of 3,000,5464,962 shares of common stock to new investors and certain of our directors and executive officers in exchange for all outstanding shares of common stock of Bona Vida, Inc.

25

(2) In connection with the acquisition of TruPet LLC, on May 6, 2019, the registrant issued an aggregate of 2,504,589 shares of common stock to new investors and certain of our directors and executive officers in exchange for all remaining outstanding membership interests of TruPet LLC.
(3) On May 6, 2019, the registrant issued an aggregate of 957,499 shares of common stock and 957,499 warrants at an offering price of $18.00 per share to new investors and certain of our directors. The warrants had an exercise price of $25.50 per share.
(4) On May 6, 2019, the registrant issued certain directors and employees stock options to purchase 920,000 shares of the registrant’s common stock with an exercise price of $30.00 per share.
(5) On August 28, 2019, the registrant issued an aggregate of 166,667 shares of common stock at a price per share of $30.00 to an affiliate of iHeartMedia + Entertainment, Inc. (“iHeart”) as consideration for iHeart’s provision of advertising inventory.
(6) On September 17, 2019, the registrant issued an advisor (i) 416,668 share purchase warrants, with each warrant entitling the advisor to acquire one share of common stock at a price of $0.60 per share and (ii) an additional 250,000 share purchase warrants entitling the advisor to acquire one share of common stock at a price of $60.00 per share as consideration for services to our Chief Executive Officer, other senior executives and our board of directors.
(7) On November 11, 2019, the registrant issued subordinated convertible notes and warrants to one of our directors and an investor in an aggregate principal amount of $2,750,000.
(8) On December 19, 2019, the registrant issued a total of 355,732 shares of common stock, 156,250 warrants and an aggregate amount of $15,000,000 of convertible subordinated notes as consideration to the former stockholders of Halo as part of the Halo Acquisition.
(9) On December 19, 2019, the registrant issued a total of 1,083,334 warrants to certain of our directors as consideration for the shareholder guaranty in connection with the Halo Acquisition.
(10) On January 2, 2020, the registrant issued 51,441 shares of common stock to an investor for net proceeds of $0.5 million, net of issuance costs of less than $0.1 million.
(11) On January 13, 2020 and January 20, 2020, respectively, the registrant issued 12,120 shares of common stock and 10,204 common stock warrants to a third party in connection with a contract termination.
(12) On March 3, 2020, the registrant issued 75,000 shares of restricted common stock to threefive non-employee directors in return for services provided in their capacity as directors.
(13)

(2) On March 5, 2020,November 2, 2022, the registrant issued 20,834 shares of common stock to an affiliate of iHeartMedia Entertainment, Inc. (“iHeart”) for future advertising.

(14) On March 17, 2020, the registrant issued an additional 167,206 warrants to holders of warrants acquired on May 6, 2019 due to dilutive impact of subsequent issuances.
(15) On March 30, 2020, the registrant issued 993 restricted shares of common stock to an officer.
(16) On June 24, 2020, the registrant issued an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 million subordinated convertible promissory notes and 83,334 warrants to one of our directors and 83,334 warrants to one of our shareholders. The subordinated convertible promissory notes were convertible at a conversion price of $4.50 per share and the warrants have an exercise price of $7.50 per share.
(17) On June 24, 2020, the registrant issued 166,668 warrants to two of our directors with an exercise price of $7.50 per share.
(18) On July 20, 2020, the registrant issued a total of 50,000 common stock purchase warrants to certain of our directors as consideration for the shareholder guaranty in connection with the Citizens ABL Agreement with an exercise price of $6.30 per share.
(19) On July 20, 2020, the registrant issued a total of 33,334 common stock purchase warrants to certain of our directors with an exercise price of $6.30 per share.
(20) On October 1, 2020, October 12, 2020 and October 23, 2020, the registrant issued (i) 17,763.55 shares, 1,106.015 shares and 2,832 shares, respectively, of Series F Preferred Stock and (ii) 5,921,184 warrants, 368,672 warrants, 944,000 warrants, respectively, to acquire shares of registrant’s common stock. The Series F Preferred Stock and related warrants were issued as units, with each (i) share of Series F Preferred Stock having a Stated Value of $1,000 and was convertible into shares of registrant’s common stock at a price of $3.00 per share and (ii) related warrant being exercisable to acquire such number of shares of common stock as the related share of Series F Preferred Stock was convertible into with an exercise price of $4.50 per share of common stock.
26

(21) On October 23, 2020, the registrant issued a total of 100 shares of Series F Preferred Stock in connection with a marketing agreement. Each share of Series F Preferred Stock had a Stated Value of $1,000 and was convertible into shares of registrant’s common stock at a price of $3.00 per share.
(22) On November 30, 2020, the registrant issued (i) 66,667 warrants to acquire shares of the registrant's common stock to a third-party as consideration for services.
(23) On January 22, 2021, the registrant issued (i) a total of 548,082 shares of common stock and (ii) 548,082 shares of common stock purchase warrants to acquire shares of registrant’s common stock. The common stock and related warrants were issued as units, with each (i) share of common stock having a par value of $.001 and (ii) related warrant being exercisable to acquire the same number of shares common stock issued, at an exercise price of $8.70 per share of common stock.
(24) On February 1, 2021, the registrant issued (i) 16,204 shares of common stock in connection with a separation agreement.
(25) On February 1, 2021, the registrant issued (i) 5,000927 shares of common stock to a third-partymember of its board of directors for service as consideration for services.
(26)interim CEO.

(3) On June 28, 2021,December 30, 2022, the registrant issued 1,081562 shares of common stock in lieu of fractional shares in connection with the Reverse Stock Split.

(27) On June 29, 2021, upon commencement of the trading of the registrant's common stock on the NYSE on June 29, 2021, allto a member of its outstanding convertible notes payable automatically converted into 4,732,420board of directors for service as interim CEO.

24

(4) On January 4, 2023, the registrant issued 20,292 shares of common stock.

(28) Uponstock to its board of directors in return for services provided in their capacity as directors.

(5) On January 11, 2023, the consummation of the IPO on July 1, 2021, all shares of the Series F convertible preferred stock were converted into 5,764,533registrant issued 4,545 shares of common stock.

stock to its key executives as part of their compensation packages.

(6) On January 31, 2023, the registrant issued 409 shares of common stock to a member of its board of directors for service as interim CEO.

(7) On April 30, 2023, the registrant issued 909 shares of common stock to a member of its executive management as part of their compensation package.

(8) On September 5, 2023, the registrant issued 34,090 shares of common stock to two members of its board of directors in return for services provided in their capacity as directors.

Unless otherwise stated above, the issuances of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

The following table presents information with respect to our

There were no repurchases of Better Choice Company common stock during the three monthsyear ended December 31, 2021:2023:

ITEM 6.[RESERVED]

25
PeriodTotal Number of Shares PurchasedAverage Price Paid per ShareTotal Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or ProgramsApproximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2021 to October 31, 2021— $— — $726,590 
November 1, 2021 to November 30, 202135,985 $3.85 35,985 $690,605 
December 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021 (1)
58,965 $3.20 58,965 $631,640 
Total94,950 $3.45 94,950 

(1)

In August 2021, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program that authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 million of the Company's outstanding common stock in the open market through December 31, 2021 .

ITEM 6.    [RESERVED]
27

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion includes forward-looking statements about our business, financial condition and results of operations, including discussions about management’s expectations for our business. The financial condition, results of operations and cash flows discussed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are those of Better Choice Company Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively, the “Company,” “Better Choice Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”. These statements represent projections, beliefs and expectations based on current circumstances and conditions and in light of recent events and trends, and you should not construe these statements either as assurances of performance or as promises of a given course of action. Instead, various known and unknown factors are likely to cause our actual performance and management’s actions to vary, and the results of these variances may be both material and adverse. A description of material factors known to us that may cause our results to vary or may cause management to deviate from its current plans and expectations, is set forth under “Risk Factors.” See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” The following discussion should also be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements including the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this filing. Accordingly, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Overview and Outlook

Better Choice is a rapidly growing pet health and wellness company committed to leading the industry shift toward pet products and services that help dogs and cats live healthier, happier and longer lives. Our mission is to become the most innovative premium pet food company in the world, and we are motivated by our commitment to making products with integrity and treating pets and their parents with respect. We believe that our broad portfolio of brandspet health and wellness products are well positioned to benefit from the trends of growing pet humanization and an increased consumer focus on health and wellness, and have adopted a laser focused, channel specific approach to growth that is driven by new product innovation. Our executive team has a proven history of success in both pet and consumer-packaged goods, and has over 50 years of combined experience in the pet industry and over 100 years of combined experience in the consumer-packaged goods industry.

We sell our premium and super-premium products (which we believe generally includes products with a retail price greater than $0.20 per ounce) under the Halo brand umbrella, including Halo Holistic™, Halo Elevate® and the former TruDog brands, bothbrand, which has been rebranded and successfully integrated under the Halo brand umbrella during the third quarter of which have a long history of providing high quality2022. Our core products sold under the Halo brand are made with high-quality, thoughtfully sourced ingredients for natural, science based nutrition. Each innovative recipe is formulated with leading veterinary and nutrition experts to pet parents.deliver optimal health. Our diverse and established customer base has enabled us to penetrate multiple channels of trade, which we believe enables us to deliver on core consumer needs and serve pet parents wherever they shop. We believe this omni-channel approach has also helped us respond more quickly to changing channel dynamics that have accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, such as the increasing percentage of pet food that is sold online. We group these channels of trade into four distinct categories: E-Commerce,E-commerce, which includes the sale of product to online retailers such as Amazon and Chewy; Brick & Mortar, which primarily includes the sale of product to pet specialty chainsPet Specialty retailers such as Petco, PetSmart, Pet Supplies Plus select grocery chains and neighborhood pet stores;stores, as well as to select grocery chains; Direct to Consumer (“DTC”) which includes the sale of product through our online web platform to more than 20,000 unique customers and access to more than 500,000 customer emails;website halopets.com; and International, which includes the sale of product to foreign distribution partners and to select international retailers.

The impact that In December 2023, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemicCompany made a strategic exit out of Petco stores (while remaining on Petco.com), and related supply chain challenges will have on our consolidated resultsPet Supplies Plus. As of operations is uncertain. Although we have not observed a material reductionQ1 2024, the Company has made plans to exit its DTC channel in demand as of December 2021 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have seen some impactQ2 2024, in an effort to our revenue growth as a result of supply chain issues and a notable reduction in our safety stocks during the second half of 2021. We will continue to evaluate the nature and extent of the pandemic's impact to our business, consolidated results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity, and our results presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods in 2022. Management cannot predict the full impact of the global supply chain challenges on the sourcing, manufacturing and distribution of our products or general economic conditions, including the effects on consumer spending. The ultimate extent of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on us is highly uncertain and will depend on future developments, and such effects could exist for an extended period of time.
improve profitability.

The Global Pet Food and Treat Market

The U.S. represents the largest and most developed market for pet food globally, with food and treats accounting for approximately $39$58 billion, of consumer sales in 2019, or 36%42% of the total USU.S. pet care market according to AlphaWise and Morgan Stanley Research.in 2022. According to the American Pet Product Association, between 66% and 70% of all households in the U.S. own a pet, equating to a total pet population of more than 130 million companion animals and an average of 1.7 pets per household. Pet spending represents a significant portion of household spend on consumer products, as this translates to an average annual spend on pet care of more than $1,500 per pet owning household, with $460 of this spend attributed to pet food and treats.

26


28

Historically, consumer spending on pets grew at an approximately 3% CAGR in the decade leading up to the COVID-19 pandemic, driven by steady annual increases in household pet ownership of approximately 1%, the continued premiumization of the category and the humanization of pets. These industry tailwinds have been magnified in the post-COVID landscape, as stay-at-home orders have driven a more than tripling of annual pet ownership growth alongside fundamental changes in consumer purchasing behavior. This surge in pet acquisition has led to a dramatican increase in the forecasted growth of the pet care industry over the next ten years.
Beyond the estimated $3.9 billion permanent increase to annual spend on The U.S. pet food industry is expected to grow at a 4.96% CAGR between 2021 and treats, this “Pet Boom” was driven by the acceleration of pet ownership by millennial and Gen-Z households. 2028 (Statistica).

From a demographic perspective, younger pet owners are more likely to spend a higher percentage of their income on pets, treat their pet as an important member of the family and to purchase products from pet specialty and online retailers rather than from grocery stores. Along these lines, women are 3.2 times more interested in purchasing pet food than men, and are 2.4 times more likely to engage with search ads than men. Taken holistically, these traits suggest a preference to purchase more premium and super-premium pet food and treats from brands like Halo, and TruDog, with a tendency to purchase products in the channels where we compete.

Globally, Asia is the second largest market for pet products, with China representing the largest market opportunity for growth. Like the U.S., growth in the Asian pet care industry has been driven by dramatic increases in household pet ownership. We believe that growth in Asia is fueled by increasing levels of economic financial status and demand for premium, western manufactured products as a result of product quality concerns. This demand has been supported by a rapidly growing middle class in China, where a recent McKinsey report estimated that in 2018 roughly 730 million people in urban areas fell into the income categories of “aspirants” and “affluents,” with the Brookings group estimating that approximately 60 million people are added to these income categories each year. We believe that this growth drove the increase in the number of dog-owning Chinese households as measured by Euromontior,Euromonitor, which increased from 12% in 2015 to 20% in 2020, according to Euromonitor. Although significantly lower than the nearly 50% of households that own a dog in the U.S., there are already more companion animals in China due to sheer population size. According to Euromonitor, the Chinese market for premium dry dog and cat food is anticipated to grow at a 20% CAGR and 28% CAGR, respectively, from 2015 through 2025, suggesting that the Chinese pet market has significant room for growth in the foreseeable future. We are focused on targeting Chinese pet owners with the highest willingness to pay, which tend to be urban dwelling millennial and Gen-Z women. In 2021, 80% of our products were purchased online, and approximately 50% of our end-consumers were born after 1990. Although

Our Growth Strategy

Strong Innovation Pipeline. We have a robust and growing pipeline of new products, and believe our size is an advantage as we are nimble enough to quickly bring new products to market, but large enough to benefit from strong existing customer relationships and established economies of scale with our co-manufacturers.

Ability to Leverage Differentiated Omni-Channel Strategy for Growth. We believe that we can leverage our differentiated omni-channel strategy to design and sell products purpose-built for success in specific channels while maintaining our ability to leverage marketing and sales resources cross-channel. We believe that this strategy will allow us to deliver on core consumer needs, maximize gross margin and respond to changing channel dynamics that have accelerated in recent years.

Capitalize on Continuing Trends of Humanization of Pets. We believe our combination of innovative products designed specifically for certain channels can assist our growth to become a leader in the premium and super-premium categories across dog and cat food.

Well Positioned to Capitalize on a Once-in-a-Generation Demographic Shift in Asia. We believe that Asia represents the largest macro-growth opportunity in the global pet food industry. In China, the number of households that own a pet has doubled in the last five years, with younger pet owners leading growth.

Recent Corporate Developments

On September 13, 2022, we announced that Scott Lerner was stepping down from his role as Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), effective September 14, 2022. Also on September 13, 2022, we announced that Lionel F. Conacher was appointed as Interim CEO, effective September 14, 2022.

On March 2, 2023, we announced that Robert Sauermann was resigning from his role as Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), effective March 17, 2023. On March 21, 2023, we announced that Sharla Cook was resigning from her role as Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), effective April 3, 2023. Also on March 21, 2023, we announced that Carolina Martinez was appointed as Interim CFO, effective April 3, 2023.

On May 11, 2023, we announced that Lionel F. Conacher was resigning from his role as Interim CEO of the COVID-19 pandemic has dramatically changedCompany, effective May 22, 2023. Mr. Conacher will still continue to serve on the U.S. retail landscape,Board as a Director. On May 11, 2023, we announced that Kent Cunningham was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of the pet industry has proven to be resilientCompany, effective May 22, 2023.

On August 2, 2023, we announced that Carolina Martinez was appointed as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of the Company, effective August 7, 2023. On August 28, 2023, we anticipateannounced that our ability to reachDonald Young, was resigning from his role as Chief Sales Officer of the Company, effective September 8, 2023.

In December 2023, the Company made a growing basestrategic exit out of customers online will only increase as approximately 53% of Better Choice’s net sales in 2021 were made via our DTC and E-Commerce channels. Conversely, we believe that our long-established relationships with key Brick & Mortar customers such as Petco stores (while remaining on Petco.com), and Pet Supplies Plus will enable usPlus. As of Q1 2024, the Company has made plans to jointly launch new productsexit its DTC channel in the future that are designed for in-store success, such as the national launch of Halo Elevate®Q2 2024, in more than 2,000 Brick & Mortar locations in 2022. In additionan effort to our domestic sales channels, our International sales channel grew 71% in 2021, driven primarily by significant new customer acquisition and increased brand awareness in our key Asian markets.improve profitability.

27
Our Growth Strategy

Strong Innovation Pipeline.

We have a robust and growing pipeline of new products, and believe our size is an advantage as we are nimble enough to quickly bring new products to market, but large enough to benefit from strong existing customer relationships and established economies of scale with our co-manufacturers.

Ability to Leverage Differentiated Omni-Channel Strategy for Growth. We believe that we can leverage our differentiated omni-channel strategy to design and sell products purpose-built for success in specific channels while maintaining our ability to leverage marketing and sales resources cross-channel. We believe that this strategy will allow us to deliver on core consumer needs, maximize gross margin and respond to changing channel dynamics that have accelerated because of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Capitalize on Continuing Trends of Humanization of Pets. We believe our combination of innovative products designed specifically for certain channels can assist our growth to become a leader in the premium and super-premium categories across dog and cat food.
Well Positioned to Capitalize On a Once-in-a-Generation Demographic Shift in China. We believe that China represents the largest macro-growth opportunity in the global pet food industry. In China, the number of households that own a pet has doubled in the last five years, with younger pet owners leading growth.
Ability to Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. Through our longstanding industry contacts we are able to source proprietary opportunities and transactions. Our preference is to maintain the asset light business model we currently operate and identify products and brands that are complementary to our existing portfolio. We believe we have a platform to effectively meet public company reporting requirements. Furthermore, our public company structure has historically enabled us to offer transaction consideration in the form of cash and stock.
29

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020
2022

The following table sets forth our consolidated results for the periods presented (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,Change
20212020$%
Net sales$46,006 $42,590 $3,416 %
Cost of goods sold30,638 26,485 4,153 16 %
Gross profit15,368 16,105 (737)(5)%
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative28,507 34,487 (5,980)(17)%
Share-based compensation4,140 8,940 (4,800)(54)%
Total operating expenses32,647 43,427 (10,780)(25)%
Loss from operations(17,279)(27,322)10,043 37 %
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net(3,217)(9,247)6,030 65 %
Gain (Loss) on extinguishment of debt457 (88)545 619 %
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities23,463 (22,678)46,141 203 %
Total other income (expense), net20,703 (32,013)52,716 165 %
Net income (loss) before income taxes3,424 (59,335)62,759 106 %
Income tax expense37 — 37 100 %
Net income (loss)3,387 (59,335)62,722 106 %
Preferred dividends— 103 (103)(100)%
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders$3,387 $(59,438)$62,825 106 %

  Years Ended December 31,  Change 
  2023  2022  $  % 
Net sales $38,592  $54,660  $(16,068)  (29)%
Cost of goods sold  26,795   39,399   (12,604)  (32)%
Gross profit  11,797   15,261   (3,464)  (23)%
Operating expenses:                
Selling, general and administrative  24,444   35,430   (10,986)  (31)%
Impairment of goodwill     18,614   (18,614)  (100)%
Impairment of intangible assets  8,532         100%
Total operating expenses  32,976   54,044   (21,068)  (39)%
Loss from operations  (21,179)  (38,783)  17,604   45%
Other expense:                
Interest expense  (1,353)  (551)  (802)  (146)%
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities  (236)     (236)  (100)%
Total other expense  (1,589)  (551)  (1,038)  (188)%
Net loss before income taxes  (22,768)  (39,334)  16,566   (42)%
Income tax expense (benefit)  2   (18)  20   111%
Net loss available to common stockholders $(22,770) $(39,316) $16,546   (42)%

Net sales

We sell our products through online retailers, pet specialty retailers, our online portal directly to our consumers and internationally to foreign distribution partners (transacted in U.S. dollars). Generally, our sales transactions are single performance obligations that are recorded at the time the product is shipped from our distribution centers and when control transfers. We offer a variety of trade promotions, discounts and incentives to our customers, which impacts the transaction price of our products and our net sales accordingly. DTC net sales include revenue derived from shipping fees and are net of loyalty points earned (a portion of revenue is deferred at the time of the sale as points are earned and not recognized until the redemption of the points, estimated based on historical experience). We record a revenue reserve based on historical return rates to account for customer returns.

Information about our revenue channels is as follows (in thousands):

Twelve Months Ended December 31,
20212020
E-commerce (1)
$15,091 33 %$14,218 34 %
Brick & Mortar6,766 15 %8,982 21 %
DTC9,397 20 %10,778 25 %
International (2)
14,752 32 %8,612 20 %
Net Sales$46,006 100 %$42,590 100 %

(1)

The Company's E-Commerce channel includes two customers that each amount to greater than 10% of the Company's total net sales. These customers had $7.6 million and $7.0

  Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
  2023  2022 
E-commerce (1) $13,405   35% $14,565   27%
Brick & Mortar  5,870   15%  11,624   21%
DTC  5,597   15%  6,620   12%
International (2)  13,720   35%  21,851   40%
Net Sales $38,592   100% $54,660   100%

(1)Our E-commerce channel includes two customers that amounted to greater than 10% of total net sales. These customers had $5.9 million and $7.1 million of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, respectively and $7.5 million and $6.6 million of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2022, respectively.

(2)One of our International customers that distributes products in China amounted to greater than 10% of total net sales during the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and represented $11.0 million and $17.7 million of net sales, respectively.

28

Net sales decreased $(16.1) million, or (29)%, to $38.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $54.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively and $6.8 million and $6.9 million of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.

(2)The Company's International channel includes $9.1 million of net sales from one customer in China that amounts2023 is primarily attributable to greater than 10% of the Company's total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2021. None of the Company's international customers represented greater than 10% of net sales during the year ended December 31, 2020.

30

Net sales increased $3.4 million, or 8%, to $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $42.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was driven by growth in our International and E-commerce channels, partially offset by lower Brick & Mortar sales as we reshuffle our product lineup ahead of our new product launch in 2022 and lower DTC sales driven by an intentional decrease in marketing spend as we expect to shift the focus of these investments to our longer-term DTC strategy rather than chasing short-term revenue gains. Our revenue growth has been negatively impacted throughout the year by the supply chain issues being felt globally asconstraints and the COVID-19 pandemic continues to present challenges.downstream impact it has on our business. We are navigating throughexperienced significant production delays from our dry kibble co-manufacturing partner stemming from short-term shortages in raw materials, labor constraints, and capacity constraints. The inconsistency in supply created material out-of-stocks which resulted in less-than-optimal fill rates of our Halo Elevate® product line, sold primarily in our Brick & Mortar channel. Since closing the Alphia Term Loan, we have fully transitioned our dry kibble manufacturing to Alphia which, albeit a very positive change needed for stabilizing supply and for long-term sustainability, has had a short-term impact to our International channel as well as productionit created registration delays stemming from supply chain shortagesin certain foreign markets, in turn delaying ordering and labor constraints.
product launches.

Key factors that we expect to affect our future sales growth include new product innovation our new product launch,and launches, our expansion strategy in each of the sales channels and our key supplier relationships.

Gross profit

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the cost of product obtained from co-manufacturers, packaging materials, freight costs for shipping inventory to the warehouse, as well as third-party warehouse and order fulfillment costs. We review inventory on hand periodically to identify damages, slow moving inventory, and/or aged inventory. Based on thethis analysis, we record inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with any reduction in value expensed as cost of goods sold.

Our products are manufactured to our specifications by our co-manufacturers using raw materials. We work with our co-manufacturers to secure a supply of raw materials that meet our specifications. In addition to procuring raw materials that meet our formulation requirements, our co-manufacturers manufacture, test and package our products. We design our packaging for our co-manufacturers and the packaging is shipped directly to them.

Our gross profit has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, primarily product sales mix, volumes sold, discounts offered to newly acquired and recurring customers, the cost of our manufactured products, and the cost of freight from the manufacturer to the warehouse.

During the year ended December 31, 2021,2023, gross profit decreased $0.7$(3.5) million, or 5%(23)%, to $15.4$11.8 million compared to $16.1$15.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2020.2022. Gross profit margin decreased 5%increased 3% to 33%31% for the year ended December 31, 20212023 compared to 38%28% for the year ended December 31, 2020.2022. The change was driven by cost increases from our primary suppliers asdecrease in gross profit is primarily attributable to selling excess inventory at a discount. As a result, revenue increased at a rate lower than the rate at which cost of broad-scale inflationgoods sold (“COGS”) increased. The increase in gross profit margin for the industry, partially offset by $0.9 millionyear ended December 31, 2023 is primarily attributable to a decrease in revenue at a rate lower than the rate at which cost of non-cash expense relatedgoods sold decreased. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the average price per pound cost $1.82, versus $1.88 for the year ended December 31, 2022. We also implemented a 7% price increase across our Halo Holistic™ and Halo masterbrand wet product lines in August 2022, and a 12.5% sales price increase on our Halo Elevate® products in 2023.

We continue to the amortization of a purchase accounting adjustment to inventory recorded in connection with the Halo acquisition in the first quarter of 2020. We are actively workingwork with our co-manufacturing and freight partners as well as transitioning some of our primary suppliers to generate future cost savings. Additionally, we have taken price increasessavings and realize improved gross margins in future periods. We could see continued margin variability due to our customers starting late in the third quartercurrent economic environment and pricing pressures due to help cover cost increases.inflationary costs for both transportation and raw materials. We will continue to refine and optimize our overall pricing strategy as we evaluate the future impact of inflation and align ourselves with the market. Although we expect to improve our gross profit margin in the future, if we fail to effectively optimize our pricing strategy, it could have a material negative impact on our future profitability.

Operating expenses

Our Selling, general and administrative ("(“SG&A"&A”) expenses consist of the following:

Sales and marketing costs, for specific customer promotional programs, paid media, content creation expenses and our DTC selling platform. Marketing costs are geared towards customer acquisition and retention and building brand awareness. During the year ended December 31, 2023, sales and marketing costs decreased approximately $(7.0) million or (48)%, to $7.6 million from $14.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was driven primarily by lower marketing and advertising agency fees related to the Halo brand renovation and migration from the former TruDog brand, as well as increased marketing spend in our International sales channel during 2022.

Employee compensation and benefits decreased approximately $(1.1) million or (15)% during the year ended December 31, 2023 to $6.4 million from $7.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily related to a reduction in employee headcount, partially offset by higher severance costs during the first half of 2022.

Share-based compensation includes expenses related to equity awards issued to employees and non-employee directors. During the year ended December 31, 2023, Share-based compensation decreased $(1.2) million or (40)% to $1.8 million compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease is driven by reduction of senior management headcount resulting in cancellations of options during 2023, partially offset by common stock issued for board service and accelerated vesting of a certain stock option grant during 2022, interim CEO service compensation and additional option grants.

29

Sales and marketing costs

Freight, which is primarily related to the shipping of DTC orders to customers, decreased $(0.3) million or (16)% during the year ended December 31, 2023 to $1.3 million from $1.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. Freight costs are generally decreasing due to lower DTC sales as described above.

, including specific customer promotional programs, paid media, content creation expenses and our DTC selling platform. Marketing costs are geared towards customer acquisition and retention and building brand awareness. During the year ended December 31, 2021, Sales and marketing costs increased approximately $4.5 million or 73%, to $10.7 million from $6.2

Non-cash charges including depreciation, amortization, disposal or sale of assets and bad debt expense decreased $(0.2) million or (8)% to $1.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 from $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was driven by disposals of certain assets during 2023, offset by additional capital expenditures throughout 2022.

Other general and administrative costs for various general corporate expenses, including professional services, information technology, insurance, travel, costs related to merchant credit card fees, product development costs, rent, and certain tax costs. During the year ended December 31, 2023, other general and administrative costs decreased $(1.3) million, or (19)% to $5.6 million compared to $6.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was driven by commission fees related to sales in our International channel, and lower professional fees related to investor relations.

Impairment of goodwill included an impairment charge of $18.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase2022, while there was driven primarily by increased promotional spend in our E-commerce and International sales channels and higher advertising and market research costs related to developing our new Halo Elevate® product line.

Employee compensation and benefits decreased approximately $0.1 million or 1% duringno corresponding activity for the year ended December 31, 2021 to $7.22023. Impairment of long-lived intangible assets resulted in an impairment charge of $8.5 million from $7.3 million duringfor the year ended December 31, 2020. During 2021, we have added several key members to our management team that have significant operating experience in the pet and consumer-packaged good sectors which we believe will enable us to successfully execute our growth strategy.
Freight, which is primarily related to the shipping of DTC orders to customers,increased $0.3 million or 24% during2023, with no corresponding activity for the year ended December 31, 2021 to $1.8 millionfrom $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was driven by overall shipping industry inflation.
Non-cash charges including depreciation, amortization, disposal or sale of assets2022. See “Note 6 - Goodwill and bad debtintangible assets” for additional information.

Interest expense, remained flat at $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.net


31

Other general and administrative costs for various general corporate expenses, including professional services, information technology, rent, travel, costs related to merchant credit card fees, insurance, product development costs, and warehousing costs. During the year ended December 31, 2021, other general and administrative costs decreased $10.72023, interest expense increased $0.8 million, or 61%146% to $6.8 million compared to $17.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was driven by non-recurring warrant expense of $10.0 million during 2020, contract termination costs of $1.1 million incurred in 2020, warehouse cost savings from outsourcing in 2020, higher audit fees during 2020, a reduction in rent expense as a result of prior lease terminations, other terminations in early 2021 and non-cash reductions of our sales tax liability during 2021. The decrease was partially offset by higher overall legal fees in 2021 due to a favorable legal settlement during the fourth quarter of 2020, development costs related to new product innovation, and increased investor relations and professional service costs related to our recent IPO.
Share-based compensation includes expenses related to equity awards issued to employees and non-employee directors. During the year ended December 31, 2021, Share-based compensation decreased $4.8 million, or 54%, to $4.1 million, as compared to share-based compensation of $8.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease is primarily driven by a lower monthly expense due to an overall decrease in the fair value of the outstanding options in 2021 as compared to 2020, as well as certain warrant and restricted stock grants for which compensation expense was recognized immediately during 2020 with no comparable grants in 2021; this was partially offset by accelerated vesting on certain stock option grants during 2021.
Interest expense, net
During the year ended December 31, 2021, interest expense decreased $6.0 million, or 65% to $3.2$1.4 million from $9.2$0.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.2022. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 is comprised of interest on our term loan, revolving credit facility, PPP loans, payable in-kind interest on our senior subordinated convertible notes, andWintrust Receivables Credit Facility, Alphia Term Loan, the amortization of debt issuance costs, and interest accretion of debt discounts. See "Note 8 - Debt" to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding our outstanding debt.
Gain (Loss) on extinguishment of debt
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we incurred a net gain on extinguishment of debt of $0.5 million, while there was a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.1 millionAlphia Term Loan. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020. Gain2022 is comprised of interest on extinguishment of debt for the year ended December 31, 2021 relates to extinguishment accounting applied in connection with forgiveness of our PPP Loans, partially offset by the loss on termination of aWintrust Credit Facility, Wintrust term loan, and ABL Facility. Loss on extinguishmentthe amortization of debt for the year ended December 31, 2020 relates to extinguishment accounting applied in connection with us entering into the ABL Facility. See "Note 8 - Debt" for additional information.
issuance costs.

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

Common stock warrants classified as liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date subsequent to the initial issuance and changes in the fair value are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Changechange in fair value of warrant liability. The change in fair value for the year ended December 31, 2021 relates to the change in the fair value of the Series F Warrants. The change in fair value for the year ended December 31, 2020 relates to the change in the fair value of the Series F Warrants and the change in fair value of the May Acquisition Warrants.liabilities. See "Note 12“Note 11 - Warrants"Warrants” for additional information.

Income taxes

Our income tax expense (benefit) provision consists of an estimate of federal and state income taxes based on enacted federal and state tax rates, as adjusted for any allowable credits, deductions and uncertain tax positions as thethey arise. During the year ended December 31, 2021,2023, we recorded income tax expense of less than $0.1 million, which relates to indefinite-lived assets.the change in valuation allowance. During the year ended December 31, 2020,2022, we did not recordrecorded income tax expense duebenefit of less than $0.1 million, which relates to the continued losses incurred by us.indefinite-lived assets. The effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 20202022 was 1% and 0%, respectively, which differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 21% due to permanent differences attributable to the changeimpairment of goodwill in the fair value of the warrant liabilities2022 and because our losses have been fully offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainty of realizing the tax benefit of NOLs for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020.2022.

30
32


Liquidity and capital resources

Historically, we have financed our operations primarily through the sales of shares of our common stock, warrants, preferred stock, and loans. In connection with our IPO, we issued and sold 8,000,000181,818 shares of common stock at a price of $5.00 per share. On July 1, 2021 we received total net proceeds of approximately $36.1 million from the IPO, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $2.8 million, and offering costs of approximately $1.1 million. Upon commencement of our common stock trading on the NYSE, all outstanding convertible notes were converted into 4,732,420 shares of common stock and upon consummation of the IPO, all shares of convertible preferred stock were converted into 5,764,533 shares of common stock.

We have financed our operations primarily through the sales of shares of our common stock, warrants, preferred stock, and loans. On December 31, 20212023 and December 31, 2020,2022, we had cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of $28.9$4.5 million and $4.0$9.5 million, respectively.
We have historically incurred losses and expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources for the foreseeable future; however, due to our high level of working capital and minimal debt after the IPO, we do not anticipate substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We have implemented and continue to implement plans to achieve cost savings, including realized cost savings from the consolidation of our third-party logistics operations and reduction of certain overhead costs and we expect to achieve further cost savings from the consolidation of co-manufacturers and optimization of shipping costs. Additionally, we have implemented and continue to implement margin improvement initiatives, including the optimization of our pricing strategy and ingredient profiles, and new product innovation. The business is focused on growing the most profitable channels while reducing investments in areas that are expected to have lower long-term benefits.

We are subject to risks common in the pet wellness consumer market including, but not limited to, dependence on key personnel, competitive forces, successful marketing and sale of itsour products, the successful protection of our proprietary technologies, ability to grow into new markets, and compliance with government regulations. As of December 31, 2021,2023, we have not experienced a significant adverse impact to our business, financial condition or cash flows resulting from geopolitical actions or threat of cyber-attacks. However, we have seen adverse impacts to our gross profit margin due to inflationary pressures in the COVID-19 pandemic. However, uncertaintiescurrent economic environment. Uncertainties regarding the continued economic impact of COVID-19inflationary pressures, geopolitical actions and threat of cyber-attacks are likely to result in sustained market turmoil, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and cash flows in the future.

We have historically incurred losses and expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume cash resources in the near term. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from the date these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are issued, meaning that we may be unable to generate sufficient operating cash flows to pay our short-term obligations. We have implemented and continue to implement plans to achieve operating profitability, including various margin improvement initiatives, the consolidation of and introduction of new co-manufacturers, the optimization of our pricing strategy and ingredient profiles, and new product innovation.

Our ability to raise additional capital may be adversely impacted by the potential worsening of global economic conditions, including inflationary pressures, and the recent disruptions to, and volatility in, the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide resulting from geopolitical tensions. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to raise the necessary funds when needed or achieve planned cost savings, or other strategic objectives are not achieved, we may not be able to continue our operations, or we could be required to modify our operations that could slow future growth.

A summary of our cash flows is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Cash flows (used in) provided by:
Operating activities$(11,858)$(7,505)
Investing activities(353)(151)
Financing activities37,164 9,111 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$24,953 $1,455 

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2023  2022 
Cash flows (used in) provided by:        
Operating activities $97  $(20,553)
Investing activities  (18)  (198)
Financing activities  (5,097)  1,282 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents $(5,018) $(19,469)

Cash flows from Operating Activities

operating activities

Cash used inprovided by operating activities increased $4.4$20.7 million, or 58%100%, during the year ended December 31, 20212023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Net loss from operations adjusted for non-cash expenses was $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $7.7 million for the comparable prior year period.2022. The increase was driven by lower gross profit driven by inflationary cost increases, as well as increased marketing spend, both of which are discussed above. Additionally, the increase in cash used in operating activities was primarily driven by significant fluctuations in our working capital, including a comparative increasedecrease in accounts receivable balancesour inventory balance of $3.3 million due to the timing of sales and collections, as well as increased costs related to developing our new Halo Elevate® product line which also led to higher inventory spend of $2.1$3.6 million as we built inventory during Q4 2021 for2022 to support the Halo Elevate® launch and the rebranding of TruDog and Halo Holistic™, and focused on improving working capital and cash conversion cycle in 2022. This was partially offset2023 by bringing inventory levels down to a reductionhealthier level. Additionally, we realized a comparative increase in accounts receivables of $2.4 million due to timing of sales and collections, and a comparative increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $3.2 million.

$4.0 million due to dry kibble inventory rebuild in 2023 after transition to a new dry kibble manufacturer.

Cash flows from Investing Activities

investing activities

Cash used in investing activities was $0.4less than $0.0 million during the year ended December 31, 20212023 and $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020.2022. The cash used in investing activities is related to capital expenditures.

31
33


Cash flows from Financing Activities

financing activities

Cash provided byused in financing activities was $37.2$5.1 million, during the year ended December 31, 20212023 and $9.1cash provided by financing activities was $1.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2020.2022. The cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 was related to the pay down of the revolving line of credit of $(13.5) million and payments on the Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility of $(6.1) million, offset by proceeds from the Wintrust revolving line of credit of $1.9 million and $5.0 million from the Alphia facility and proceeds of $7.8 million from the Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility. The cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 20212022 was related to net proceeds from the IPO of $36.1 million, proceeds from the January Private Placement of $4.1 million and cash received from warrant exercises of $1.7 million, partially offset by net payments on the term loans of $2.5 million, net payments on the revolving line of credit of $0.3 million, $0.1 million in debt issuance costs, and $1.6 million related to share repurchases. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was related to proceeds of $18.1 million associated with the Series F Private Placement, proceeds of $2.4 million from the issuance of the June 2020 Notes and the PPP loans, proceeds from warrant exercises of $1.0 million, and net proceeds from the revolving line of credit of $0.3$6.7 million and net proceeds from a short term financing arrangement of $0.2 million, partially offset by a $12.5 million pay downpayments on the term loan of $5.5 million and debt issuance costs of $0.1 million.

Wintrust Credit Facility

On January 6, 2021, Halo entered into a credit facility with Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wintrust, consisting of a $6.0 million term loan and a $6.0 million revolving line of credit, each scheduled to mature on January 6, 2024. The Wintrust Credit Facility is secured by a general guaranty and security interest on the assets, including the intellectual property of us and our subsidiaries. We have also pledged all of the capital stock of Halo held by us as additional collateral.

The Wintrust Credit Facility subjects us to certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.25 to 1.00, tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. For the test as of December 31, 2021, we failed to satisfy the fixed charge coverage ratio and entered into a default waiver agreement with Wintrust in which Wintrust waived the existing default through the next testing date, March 31, 2022. Additionally, on March 25, 2022, the Companywe entered into the second amendment to the Wintrust Credit Facility, which removed the financial covenant to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio and included a new financial covenant to maintain a minimum liquidity, as well updated the rate at which the Wintrust Credit Facility bearsbore interest.

Furthermore, on October 24, 2022, we entered into the third amendment to the Wintrust Credit Facility which provided for an increase to the revolving line of credit, set the amount of Halo’s obligation to pledge a deposit account with Wintrust to a fixed amount throughout the remainder of the term and provided updates to the interest rate, maturity date and minimum liquidity amount associated with the financial covenant.

On June 21, 2023, the Company paid off the entire balance in the sum of $13.5 million of the Wintrust Credit Facility removing any covenant requirements to be met at December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, there was no outstanding balance related to the Wintrust Credit Facility

See "Note“Note 8 - Debt"Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility

On June 21, 2023, the Company entered into an account purchase agreement with Wintrust Receivables Finance, a division of Wintrust Bank N.A. (“Wintrust”) pursuant to which Wintrust will purchase, at its discretion, eligible customer invoices and advance up to 75% of the face amount of all purchased amounts up to $4,750,000. Each advance under the AP Agreement will bear interest at the U.S. prime rate, plus 2.5%. The AP Agreement has an initial term of two years and will automatically renew annually unless terminated by the Company on at least 60 days’ notice. The Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility is secured by a general security interest in the assets of the Company. The Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility is guaranteed secured by the Company pursuant to that certain Unlimited Continuing Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 21, 2023.

As of December 31, 2023, the balance outstanding on the Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility amounted to $1.7 million.

Alphia Term Loan

On June 21, 2023, the Company entered into a term loan credit agreement with Alphia Inc., a leading custom manufacturer of super-premium pet food in the U.S. Pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, Alphia made a term loan to the Company in the original principal amount of $5,000,000 (the “Term Loan”). The Term Loan is also evidenced by that certain Term Note dated as of June 21, 2023 issued by the Company to Alphia (the “Term Note”). The proceeds of the Term Loan, together with a portion of the Company’s cash on hand, were used to retire all of the outstanding obligations of Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. (“Halo”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, under Halo’s long-term credit facility with Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wintrust Bank, N.A. The Term Loan will bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum, compounded quarterly, and will mature on June 21, 2026. Accrued interest on the Term Loan is payable quarterly in cash or, at the election of the Company, in-kind by capitalizing such interest and adding it to the then-outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan. The Term Loan Agreement and Term Note provide for customary financial covenants and customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to failure to make payment, bankruptcy, breaches of representations and material adverse effects. The Company may prepay the principal of the Term Loan at any time upon written notice to Alphia and subject to a prepayment penalty if such prepayment occurs prior to June 21, 2025.

32

The Term Loan is secured by a general security interest on the assets, including the intellectual property, of the Company and Halo pursuant to (i) that certain Term Loan Security Agreement, dated June 21, 2023, made by the Company and Halo in favor of Alphia (the “Security Agreement”) and (ii) that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2023 of the Company and Halo in favor of Alphia (the “Intellectual Property Security Agreement”). The Company has also pledged all of the capital stock of Halo held by the Company as additional collateral for the Term Loan.

The term Loan is guaranteed by Halo pursuant to that certain Term Loan Guaranty, dated as of June 21, 2023, by and between Halo and Alphia (the “Term Loan Guaranty”).

In conjunction with the Term Loan, the Company issued to Alphia (i) a warrant (the “First Tranche Warrant”) to purchase 148,758 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”) at a price of $11.44 per share, and (ii) a warrant (the “Second Tranche Warrant” and together with the First Tranche Warrant, the “Warrants”) to purchase 186,882 shares of Common Stock at a price of $11.44 per share. Unless exercised, the Warrants expire on June 21, 2028. Alphia’s exercise of the Second Tranche Warrant is subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. The Warrants contained certain anti-dilution provisions in favor of Alphia in connection with any equity offering consummated by the Company prior to December 21, 2023 and equity issuances below the exercise price of the Warrants. The anti-dilution protection in the agreement that would have made Alphia whole in the event of a capital raise or a change in control that other shareholders would not get, expired on December 31, 2023. The Warrants also contain a cashless exercise option at the election of Alphia.

Additionally, in conjunction with the Term Loan, the Company entered into a Side Letter Agreement with Alphia (the “Side Letter”) pursuant to which Alphia was granted a right of first refusal on any of the following relating to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and to the extent such transactions constitute a change of control: (i) any transfer, sale, lease or encumbrance of all or any portion of the capital stock or assets (other than the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business), (ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination, (iii) any recapitalization, reorganization or any other extraordinary business transaction, (iv) or any equity issuance or debt incurrence. Alphia’s right of first refusal is effective so long as the Term Loan remains outstanding and for a period of 12 months thereafter. The Side Letter also provides Alphia with certain Board observer rights.

As of December 31, 2023, our indebtedness on the Alphia Term Loan Facility amounted to $2.9 million net of debt issuance costs of $0.2 million. For details about the terms, covenants and restrictions contained in the Alphia Term Loan Facility, see “Note 8 - Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

Contractual Commitments and Obligations

We are contractually obligated to make future cash payments for various items, including debt arrangements, certain purchase obligations, as well as the lease arrangement for our office. See "Note“Note 8 - Debt"Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information about our debt obligations. Our purchase obligations include certain ongoing marketing projects, software subscriptions as well as in-transit or in-production purchase orders with our suppliers, for which amounts vary depending on the purchasing cycle. The majority of our software subscriptions are not under long-term contracts, and we do not have long-term contracts or commitments with any of our suppliers beyond active purchase orders. These purchase obligations were not material as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by applicable regulations of the SEC, that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgmentsjudgements that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements and, therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting estimates. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. See "Note“Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies"policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of our significant accounting policies.

33

Goodwill Impairment

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually.annually at the reporting unit level. We monitor the existence of potential impairment indicators throughout the year and will evaluate for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value. Impairment testing is based on our current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions, as well as future expectations.

34

When performing a quantitative assessment, the fair value units is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including the discounted cash flow, guideline transaction and guideline company methods. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make significant assumptions and judgments including: (1) an appropriate rate to discount the expected future cash flows; (2) the inherent risk in achieving forecasted operating results; (3) long-term growth rates; (4) expectations for future economic cycles; (5) market comparable companies and appropriate adjustments thereto; and (6) market multiples. When performing a qualitative assessment, qualitative factors are assessed to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. Fair value measurements used in the impairment review of goodwill are Level 3 measurements.

When evaluating goodwill for impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors include macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, and overall company financial performance. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, a quantitative impairment test is unnecessary. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, we conclude that no goodwill impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value of the goodwill. We consider fair value to be substantially in excess of carrying value at a 20% premium or greater.

When performing a quantitative impairment test, determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions to evaluate the impact of operational and macroeconomic changes. If a quantitative assessment is deemed necessary, we determine fair value using a weighted average of widely accepted valuation techniques, including the income approach and market approach. The income approach applies a fair value methodology based on discounted cash flows which contains uncertainties because it requires management to make significant assumptions and judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for our business, estimation of the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and determination of our weighted average cost of capital or discount rate, which is risk-adjusted to reflect the specific risk profile of our business. The market approach includes determining appropriate comparable companies and applying an estimated multiple to apply to our operating results. The primary market multiples to which we compare are revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. See "Note“Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies"policies” for further information about our policy for fair value measurements. See "Note 7 - Goodwill and intangible assets" to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation expense is measured based on the estimated fair value of awards granted to employees, directors, officers and consultants on the grant date. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur, therefore there are no forfeiture related estimates required.

The fair value of an option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black–Scholes option valuation model, which requires the development of input assumptions, as described in "Note 13“Note 12 - Share-based compensation"compensation”. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards requires the input of the subjective assumptions described in "Note 13“Note 12 - Share-based compensation"compensation”. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. See "Note 13“Note 12 - Share-based compensation"compensation” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

Accounting for Warrants

The fair value of warrants is estimated using a Monte Carlo and/or Black-Scholes valuation model. The assumptions used in these models included the simulation of future stock prices based on future financing events, likelihood of mandatory exercise of the warrants, and timing and likelihood of fundamental transactions, such as a change in control. Both valuation methodologies use key inputs, including expected stock volatility, the risk–free interest rate, the expected life of the option and the expected dividend yield. Expected volatility is calculated based on the analysis of other public companies within the pet wellness and internet commerce (e-commerce) sectors. Risk–free interest rates are calculated based on risk–free rates for the appropriate term. The expected life is estimated based on contractual terms as well as expected exercise dates. The dividend yield is based on the historical dividends issued by us. The valuation of the warrants is subject to uncertainty as a result of the unobservable inputs. If the volatility rate or risk-free interest rate were to change, the value of the warrants would be impacted.

Warrants that are classified as liabilities due to the terms of the warrant obligation are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at the end of each reporting period and as a result, we recorded an adjustment to the warrant liabilities to reflect the fair value as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.21, 2023. The warrants accountedwarrant liabilities were subsequently reclassified to equity (See “Note 11 - Warrants” for as a derivative included a reset function which is triggered if we issue or sell shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a price per share that is less than the exercise price of the warrants. Subsequent to the issuance of the warrants, additional common stock equivalents were awarded, triggering the reset clause under the terms of the warrants. Accordingly, the fair value analysis performed during the period ended December 31, 2020 included the impact of the trigger.more information). Warrants that are classified as equity or considered compensation are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis on the date of issuance. See "Note 12“Note 11 - Warrants"Warrants” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and is not required to provide the information under this Item.

34
35


ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Better Choice Company Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (BDO USA, LLP;P.C.; Tampa, Florida; PCAOB ID #243)#243)
3736
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Ernst & Young LLP; Tampa, Florida; PCAOB ID #042)
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 20202022
4038
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20212023 and 20202022
4139
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 20202022
4240
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 20202022
4341
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
4442

All financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

35
36



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors

Better Choice Company Inc.

Tampa, Florida

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Better Choice Company Inc. (the Company)“Company”) as of December 31, 2021,2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'stockholders’ equity, (deficit) and cash flows for the yearyears then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021,2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the yearyears then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern Uncertainty

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has continually incurred operating losses, has an accumulated deficit and failed to meet certain financial covenants as of December 31, 2023. These matters create substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from the date these consolidated financial statements are issued. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company'sCompany’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB)(“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our auditaudits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

Matter

The critical audit mattersmatter communicated below are mattersis a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that werewas communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relaterelates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit mattersmatter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit mattersmatter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit mattersmatter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill Impairment Assessment
As described in Notes 1 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recognized goodwill of $18.6 million as of December 31, 2021. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment either through a qualitative or quantitative approach at least annually, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the carrying value of a reporting unit may not be recoverable. The Company performed a quantitative assessment for its annual impairment test as of October 1, 2021. Under the quantitative approach, the Company made various estimates and assumptions to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model (income approach) and earnings multiples for guideline public companies (market approach).
We identified management’s judgments used in the income approach in estimating the fair value of the reporting units with goodwill balances as a critical audit matter. Significant judgments are required by management to develop assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis. In particular, the fair value estimate was sensitive to changes in significant assumptions, such as revenue growth rates, EBITDA margin, and the weighted average cost of capital (WACC). Auditing these assumptions involved especially challenging auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of audit effort required in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence obtained and involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures.
37

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:

Testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used by the Company in its discounted cash flow analysis.

Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assumptions used in the Company’s discounted cash flow analysis, including forecasted growth rates and EBITDA margins by comparing these assumptions to those of the Company’s peers and industry reports.
Utilizing personnel with specialized knowledge and skills in valuation to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s discounted cash flow analysis and certain significant assumptions, including reviewing internally projected results of operations to ensure the WACC adequately captures the conditions present in the projections, as well as comparison of growth rates and internally projected results of operations to historical measures, and those of other market participants.
Accounting Treatment of Series FAlphia Warrants upon Initial Public Offering

As described in Note 111 to the consolidated financial statements, on July 1, 2021, uponJune 21, 2023, the commencementCompany issued warrants to Alphia to purchase 148,758 (First Tranche) and 186,882 (Second Tranche) shares of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”common stock (collectively the “Alphia warrants”), all. The Company evaluated the Alphia warrants under ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity and concluded they did not meet the criteria to be classified in shareholders’ equity. Specifically, there were contingent exercise provisions and settlement provisions that existed, including provisions where the number of shares available under the warrants may be adjusted based on a percentage of equity. Because the number of outstanding common shares was not a fair value input to a fixed-for-fixed model, this provision violated indexation guidance. Therefore, the Alphia warrants were not indexed to the Company’s stock.

As a result, the Alphia warrants were initially recorded as liabilities and remeasured at fair value each reporting period until provisions precluding equity classification lapsed. The anti-dilution provisions, which previously precluded equity treatment of the Series F convertible preferred stock were converted into 5,764,533 shares of common stock. Additionally, since the anti-dilution provision of the Series F Warrants were no longer effective upon consummation of the Company's IPO, theseAlphia warrants, met the requirements to be considered equityexpired on December 21, 2023, and the outstanding Series F Warrantsthus were reclassified and presented in equity as such.of December 31, 2023.

36

We identified the Company’s accounting treatment related to the reclassificationand classification of the Series F Warrants from liabilities to equityAlphia warrants as a critical audit matter. matter, specifically the Company’s classification of the Alphia warrants as a liability upon issuance. The principal considerationconsiderations for our determination involves management’s application of the complex technical accounting matters related to the accounting treatment and classification of Warrantsthe Alphia warrants as a result of certain provisions included within the IPO.Alphia warrant agreements. Auditing this transactionthese elements involved especially challenging, subjective or complex auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of audit effort required to address this matter, including the need forextent of specialized skill or knowledge and skill in assessing the accounting treatment.needed.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:

Inspecting the Alphia warrant agreements along with management’s technical accounting memo to understand the facts and circumstances within the Alphia warrant agreements and other assumptions impacting the appropriate accounting and classification of the Alphia warrants.
Utilizing personnel with specialized knowledge and skill in accounting for complex financial instruments to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of management’s interpretation on how to apply the relevant accounting guidance for the classification of the Alphia warrants.

Reading the agreements related to the Series F Warrants along with management’s technical accounting memo to understand the facts and circumstances within the warrant agreements and other assumptions impacting the determination of warrant classification.

Utilizing personnel with specialized knowledge and skill in accounting for complex financial instruments to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of management’s interpretation on how to apply the relevant accounting guidance for the classification of the warrants.


/s/ BDO USA, LLP
P.C.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.


Tampa, Florida

April 12, 2024

37
March 29, 2021

38


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Better Choice Company Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Better Choice Company Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2020, the related consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders' deficit and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

Since the date of completion of our audit of the accompanying consolidated financial statements and initial issuance of our report thereon dated March 30, 2021, which report contained an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, the Company, as discussed in Note 1, has completed an issuance of its common stock resulting in net proceeds of $36.1 million. Therefore, the conditions that raised substantial doubt about whether the Company will continue as a going concern no longer exist.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company was not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we were required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2019 to 2021.

Louisville, Kentucky
March 30, 2021, except for Note 1, as to which the date is March 29, 2022
39

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Year ended December 31,
20212020
Net sales$46,006 $42,590 
Cost of goods sold30,638 26,485 
Gross profit15,368 16,105 
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative28,507 34,487 
Share-based compensation4,140 8,940 
Total operating expenses32,647 43,427 
Loss from operations(17,279)(27,322)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net(3,217)(9,247)
Gain (Loss) on extinguishment of debt457 (88)
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities23,463 (22,678)
Total other income (expense), net20,703 (32,013)
Net income (loss) before income taxes3,424 (59,335)
Income tax expense37 — 
Net income (loss)3,387 (59,335)
Preferred dividends— 103 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders$3,387 $(59,438)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic19,927,862 8,180,739 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, diluted21,902,547 8,180,739 
Income (Loss) per share, basic$0.15 $(7.26)
Income (Loss) per share, diluted$0.14 $(7.26)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
40

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)


December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$21,729 $3,926 
Restricted cash7,213 63 
Accounts receivable, net6,792 4,631 
Inventories, net5,245 4,869 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets2,940 4,074 
Total Current Assets43,919 17,563 
Fixed assets, net369 252 
Right-of-use assets, operating leases56 345 
Intangible assets, net11,586 13,115 
Goodwill18,614 18,614 
Other assets116 1,364 
Total Assets$74,660 $51,253 
Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable$4,553 $3,137 
Accrued and other liabilities1,879 3,400 
Term loans, net855 7,826 
PPP loans— 190 
Operating lease liability54 173 
Warrant liability— 39,850 
Total Current Liabilities7,341 54,576 
Non-current Liabilities
Term loans, net4,559 — 
Line of credit, net4,856 5,023 
Deferred tax liability24 — 
Operating lease liability184 
Notes payable, net— 18,910 
PPP loans— 662 
Total Non-current Liabilities9,444 24,779 
Total Liabilities16,785 79,355 
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 29,146,367 & 8,651,400 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively29 
Series F Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000 shares authorized, 0 shares & 21,754 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively— — 
Additional paid-in capital317,102 232,530 
Accumulated deficit(259,256)(260,641)
Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)57,875 (28,102)
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)$74,660 $51,253 

  2023  2022 
  Year ended December 31, 
  2023  2022 
Net sales $38,592  $54,660 
Cost of goods sold  26,795   39,399 
Gross profit  11,797   15,261 
Operating expenses:        
Selling, general and administrative  24,444   35,430 
Impairment of goodwill     18,614 
Impairment of intangible assets  8,532    
Total operating expenses  32,976   54,044 
Loss from operations  (21,179)  (38,783)
Other expense:        
Interest expense  (1,353)  (551)
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities  (236)   
Total other expense  (1,589)  (551)
Net loss before income taxes  (22,768)  (39,334)
Income tax expense (benefit)  2   (18)
Net loss available to common stockholders $(22,770) $(39,316)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic  705,185   667,114 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, diluted  705,185   667,114 
Net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic $(32.29) $(58.93)
Net loss per share available to common stockholders, diluted $(32.29) $(58.93)


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
41

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(Dollars in thousands, except shares)
Common StockSeries F Convertible Preferred StockAdditional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Redeemable Series E
Convertible Preferred Stock
SharesAmountSharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 20197,996,232 $8  $ $194,190 $(201,269)$(7,071)1,387,378 $10,566 
Shares issued pursuant to private placement51,440 — — — 500 — 500 — — 
Share-based compensation75,993 — — 8,939 — 8,940 — — 
Shares and warrants issued to third-party for contract termination12,120 — — — 198 — 198 — — 
Shares issued to third-parties for services193,333 — 100 — 1,372 — 1,372 — — 
Warrants issued to third-parties for services— — — — 10,132 — 10,132 — 
Warrants issued in connection with June 2020 Notes— — — — 337 — 337 — 
Beneficial conversion feature of June 2020 Notes— — — — 1,163 — 1,163 — — 
Modification of conversion feature for November 2019, Seller, and ABG Notes— — — — 528 — 528 — — 
Warrant modifications— — — — 43 — 43 — — 
Warrant exercises306,282 — — — 1,048 — 1,048 — — 
Warrants issued in connection with ABL Facility— — — — 230 — 230 — — 
Net loss available to common stockholders— — — — — (59,438)(59,438)— 
Shares issued pursuant to Series F Private Placement and Exchange Transaction— — 21,702 — 8,501 5,415 13,916 (1,387,378)(10,566)
Conversion of Series F shares to common stock16,000 — (48)— — — — — — 
Beneficial conversion feature of Series F shares— — — — 5,349 (5,349)— — — 
Balance as of December 31, 20208,651,400 $9 21,754 $ $232,530 $(260,641)$(28,102) $ 
Shares and warrants issued pursuant to private placement546,733 — — 4,071 — 4,072   
Share-based compensation17,537 — — — 4,140 — 4,140   
Warrant exercises380,716 — — — 1,685 — 1,685   
Shares issued to third-party for services5,000 — — — 46 — 46   
Warrant modifications— — — — 402 (402)—   
Conversion of Series F shares to common stock7,251,205 (21,754)— (7)— —   
Conversion of convertible notes to common stock4,732,420 — — 21,771 — 21,776   
Shares issued in lieu of fractional shares due to reverse stock split1,081 — — — — — —   
Shares issued pursuant to IPO8,000,000 — — 36,077 — 36,085   
Reclassification of warrant liability to equity— — — — 16,387 — 16,387   
Share repurchases(439,725)(1)— — — (1,600)(1,601)  
Net income available to common stockholders— — — — — 3,387 3,387   
Balance as of December 31, 202129,146,367 $29  $ $317,102 $(259,256)$57,875  $ 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
42

Better Choice Company Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders$3,387 $(59,438)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
Shares and warrants issued to third-parties for services46 10,330 
Depreciation and amortization1,664 1,748 
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts1,800 4,875 
Share-based compensation4,140 8,940 
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities(23,463)22,678 
PIK interest expense on notes payable1,110 1,998 
Amortization of prepaid assets2,049 — 
Other(742)1,189 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net(2,141)1,193 
Inventories, net(642)1,454 
Prepaid expenses and other assets306 (186)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities773 (2,445)
Other(145)159 
Cash Used in Operating Activities$(11,858)$(7,505)
Cash Flow from Investing Activities:
Capital expenditures$(353)$(151)
Cash Used in Investing Activities$(353)$(151)
Cash Flow from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from shares and warrants issued pursuant to private placement, net$4,012 $18,053 
Share repurchases(1,601)— 
Proceeds from issuance of debt— 2,352 
Proceeds from revolving lines of credit5,535 6,624 
Payments on revolving lines of credit(5,883)(6,360)
Proceeds from term loan6,000 — 
Payments on term loans(8,529)(12,521)
Cash received for warrant exercises1,685 1,048 
IPO proceeds, net36,085 — 
Debt issuance costs(140)(85)
Cash Provided by Financing Activities$37,164 $9,111 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash$24,953 $1,455 
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period3,989 2,534 
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period$28,942 $3,989 
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid during the year for:
Income taxes$$
Interest$360 $2,309 
Non-cash financing and investing transactions:
Stock issued for services$— $1,372 
ABL guarantor warrants$— $230 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

38

Better Choice Company Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

  December 31,  December 31, 
  2023  2022 
Assets        
Cash and cash equivalents $4,455  $3,173 
Restricted cash     6,300 
Accounts receivable, net  4,354   6,744 
Inventories, net  6,611   10,257 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  812   1,051 
Total Current Assets  16,232   27,525 
Fixed assets, net  230   375 
Right-of-use assets, operating leases  120   173 
Intangible assets, net     10,059 
Other assets  155   544 
Total Assets $16,737  $38,676 
Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity        
Current Liabilities        
Accounts payable $6,928  $2,932 
Accrued and other liabilities  2,085   2,596 
Line of credit  1,741    
Term loan, net  2,881    
Operating lease liability  57   52 
Total Current Liabilities  13,692   5,580 
Non-current Liabilities        
Line of credit, net     11,444 
Operating lease liability  67   124 
Total Non-current Liabilities  67   11,568 
Total Liabilities  13,759   17,148 
Stockholders’ Equity        
Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 729,026 & 668,869 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively  32   29 
Additional paid-in capital  324,288   320,071 
Accumulated deficit  (321,342)  (298,572)
Total Stockholders’ Equity  2,978   21,528 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $16,737  $38,676 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

43
39


(Dollars in thousands, except shares)

  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
  Common Stock  

Additional

Paid-In

  Accumulated  

Total

Stockholders’

 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
Balance as of December 31, 2021  662,417  $29  $317,102  $(259,256) $           57,875 
Share-based compensation  6,452      2,969      2,969 
Net loss available to common stockholders           (39,316)  (39,316)
Balance as of December 31, 2022  668,869  $29  $320,071  $(298,572) $21,528 
Balance  668,869  $29  $320,071  $(298,572) $21,528 
Share-based compensation  60,157   3   1,773      1,776 
Reclassification of Alphia Warrants        2,444      2,444 
Net loss available to common stockholders           (22,770)  (22,770)
Balance as of December 31, 2023  729,026  $32  $324,288  $(321,342) $2,978 
Balance  729,026  $32  $324,288  $(321,342) $2,978 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

40

Better Choice Company Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands)

  2023  2022 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2023  2022 
Cash Flow from Operating Activities:        
Net loss available to common stockholders $(22,770) $(39,316)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Loss of disposal of assets  11    
Depreciation and amortization  1,678   1,690 
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts  193   56 
Goodwill impairment     18,614 
Intangible asset impairment  8,532    
Share-based compensation  1,773   2,969 
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities  236    
Amortization of prepaid assets     2,095 
Inventory reserve  (474)  1,809 
PIK interest expense on term loan  254    
Accreted interest expense on term loan  291    
Income tax provision  (2)   
Other  4   126 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Accounts receivable  2,387   (66)
Inventories  4,120   (6,821)
Prepaid expenses and other assets  628   (1,047)
Accounts payable  3,996   (761)
Accrued and other liabilities  (760)  99 
Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities $97  $(20,553)
         
Cash Flow from Investing Activities:        
Capital expenditures $(18) $(198)
Cash Used in Investing Activities $(18) $(198)
         
Cash Flow from Financing Activities:        
Proceeds from short-term financing arrangement $  $413 
Payments on short-term financing arrangement     (248)
Proceeds from revolving lines of credit  1,906   12,317 
Payments on revolving lines of credit  (13,500)  (5,640)
Proceeds from line of credit  7,841    
Payments on line of credit  (6,100)   
Proceeds from term loan  5,000    
Payments on term loans     (5,450)
Payment of loan issuance costs  (244)  (110)
Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities $(5,097) $1,282 
         
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash $(5,018) $(19,469)
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period  9,473   28,942 
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period $4,455  $9,473 
         
Supplemental cash flow information        
         
Cash paid during the year for:        
Income taxes $  $12 
Interest $543  $444 
Noncash items:        
Reclassification of warrants to equity $2,444  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

41

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies

Nature of the business

Better Choice Company Inc. (the "Company"“Company”) is a pet health and wellness company focused on providing pet products and services that help dogs and cats live healthier, happier and longer lives. The Company has a broad portfolio of pet health and wellness products for dogs and cats sold under its Halo and TruDog brandsbrand across multiple forms, including foods, treats, toppers, dental products, chews grooming products and supplements. The products consist of kibble and canned dog and cat food, freeze-dried raw dog food and treats, vegan dog food and treats, oral care products supplements and grooming aids. supplements.

Initial public offering

The core productsCompany completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) on July 1, 2021, in which it issued and sold under181,818 shares of its common stock at a price of $5.00 per share. The total net proceeds from the Halo brand are derived from real whole meatIPO were approximately $36.1 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $2.8 million, and offering costs of approximately $1.1 million. These IPO costs were recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity, and presented net of cash proceeds received in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Upon the commencement of the IPO, all of the Company’s outstanding convertible notes payable automatically converted into 107,555 shares of common stock and upon the consummation of the IPO, all outstanding shares of the Series F convertible preferred stock were converted into 131,012 shares of common stock. Additionally, since the anti-dilution provision of the Series F Warrants were no rendered meat meallonger effective upon consummation of the Company’s IPO, these warrants met the requirements to be considered equity and include non-genetically modified fruits and vegetables. The core products sold under the TruDog brand are made according to the Company's nutritional philosophy of fresh, meat-based nutrition and minimal processing.

outstanding Series F Warrants were reclassified as such.

Reverse stock split

On June 28, 2021March 8, 2024, the Company effectuatedCompany’s Board of Directors approved a 1-for-6 reverse stock split of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock at a ratio of 1-for-44, effective March 20, 2024 (the "Reverse Stock Split"“Reverse Split”). In addition, the conversion rates of the Company'sCompany’s outstanding preferred stock and convertible notes and the exercise prices of the Company’s underlying common stock purchase warrants and stock options were proportionately adjusted at the applicable reverse stock split ratio in accordance with the terms of such instruments. Proportionate voting rights and other rights of common stockholders were not affected by the Reverse Stock Split, other than as a result of the rounding up of fractional shares. The Company issued 1,081No fractional shares of common stock in lieu of fractional shareswere issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split.

Accordingly, all share and per share amounts related to the Company'sCompany’s common stock and underlying derivatives for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively adjusted, where applicable, to reflect the Reverse Stock Split. The number of authorized shares and the par values of the common stock and convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split.

Initial public offering
The Company completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) on July 1, 2021, in which it issued and sold 8,000,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $5.00 per share. The total net proceeds from the IPO were approximately $36.1 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $2.8 million, and offering costs of approximately $1.1 million. These IPO costs were recorded as a reduction of stockholders' equity (deficit), and presented net of cash proceeds received in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
Upon the commencement of the IPO, all of the Company's outstanding convertible notes payable automatically converted into 4,732,420 shares of common stock and upon the consummation of the IPO, all outstanding shares of the Series F convertible preferred stock were converted into 5,764,533 shares of common stock. Additionally, since the anti-dilution provision of the Series F Warrants were no longer effective upon consummation of the Company's IPO, these warrants met the requirements to be considered equity and the outstanding Series F Warrants were reclassified as such.

Basis of presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"(“SEC”) for annual financial reports and accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("GAAP"(“GAAP”).

Consolidation

The financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates these assumptions, judgments and estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, the financial position as of December 31, 20212023 and 20202022 and the cash flows for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020.2022.

42


44

TableGoing concern considerations

The Company is subject to risks common in the pet wellness consumer market including, but not limited to, dependence on key personnel, competitive forces, successful marketing and sale of Contentsits products, the successful protection of its proprietary technologies, ability to grow into new markets, and compliance with government regulations. The Company has continually incurred losses and has an accumulated deficit. The Company’s term loan agreement with Alphia imposes certain financial covenants, including minimum liquidity of $3.0

million, minimum EBITDA of $(4.5) million, and maximum marketing spend ratio of 30%. The Company was not in compliance with certain covenants related to the Alphia Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2023 and the debt is callable by the lender. Our continued operating losses along with our failure to meet the financial covenants create substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from the date these consolidated financial statements are issued. The Company does not currently expect it will be able to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet the required financial covenants in certain periods prior to maturity giving the lender the right to call the debt. The Company will need to either raise additional capital or obtain additional financing, and/or secure future waivers or amendments from its lenders or accomplish some combination of these items to maintain sufficient liquidity. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in raising additional capital, securing future waivers and/or amendments from its lenders, renewing or refinancing its existing debt or securing new financing. If the Company is unsuccessful in doing so, it may need to reduce the scope of its operations, repay amounts owed to its lenders or sell certain assets.

During the third quarter, the Company received a notice of noncompliance from the NYSE American. If the Company fails to satisfy the continued listing requirements before the end of the cure period, the NYSE American may take steps to delist its common stock. Such a delisting or the announcement of such delisting will have a negative effect on the price of the Company’s common stock and would impair the ability for investors to sell or purchase the Company’s common stock. In the event of a delisting, the Company may attempt to take actions to restore its compliance with the NYSE American listing requirements, but can provide no assurance that any such action taken by the Company would allow its common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of its common stock, prevent its common stock from dropping below the NYSE American minimum listing requirements or prevent future non-compliance with the NYSE American listing requirements. If the Company does not maintain the listing of its common stock on NYSE American, it could make it harder for the Company to raise additional capital in the long-term. If the Company is unable to raise capital when needed in the future, it may have to cease or reduce operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to satisfy the continued listing requirements in the future.

The Company is continuing to implement plans to achieve operating profitability, as well as implementing other strategic objectives to address liquidity. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and payments of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount of and classification of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

Summary of significant accounting policies

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits held with banks and highly liquid investments with original maturities of ninety days or less at acquisition date. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The Company'sCompany’s cash equivalents are held in government money market funds and at times may exceed federally insured limits. For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all cash accounts that are not subject to withdrawal restrictions or penalties to be cash and cash equivalents.

At December 31, 2022, the Company had $8.0 million in money market funds all of which were held in cash. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had closed its money market funds.

Restricted cash

The Company was required to maintain a restricted cash balance of $7.2$6.3 million as of December 31, 20212022, in connection with the amendment toWintrust Credit Facility. As a result of the full repayment of the Wintrust Credit Facility, (as defined below).there are no restrictions on cash as of December 31, 2023. See "Note“Note 8 - Debt"Debt” for additional information.

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

credit losses

Accounts receivable consist of unpaid buyer invoices from the Company’s customers and credit card payments receivable from third-party credit card processing companies. Accounts receivable is stated at the amount billed to customers, net of point of sale and cash discounts. The Company assesses the collectability of all receivables on an ongoing basis by considering its historical credit loss experience, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Based on this analysis, an allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses is recorded, and the provision is included within SG&A expense. The Company recorded a $0.1approximately $0.1 million allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020, respectively.2022.

43

Inventories

Inventories, consisting of finished goods available for sale as well as packaging materials, are valued using the first-in first-out (“FIFO”) method and are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a standard cost basis and includes the purchase price, as well as inbound freight costs and packaging costs.

The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand. Excess or obsolete reserves are established when inventory is estimated to not be sellable before expiration dates based on forecasted usage, product demand and product life cycle. Additionally, inventory valuation reflects adjustments for anticipated physical inventory losses that have occurred since the last physical inventory.

Fixed Assets

Fixed assets are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and depreciation expense is included within SG&A expense. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred. The cost of fixed assets that are retired or otherwise disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the fixed asset accounts in the year of disposal and the resulting gain or loss is included in SG&A expense.

The Company assesses potential impairments of its fixed assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment charge would be recognized when the carrying amount of the fixedidentified asset grouping exceeds its fair value and is not recoverable, which would occur if the carrying amount exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the fixed asset.

identified asset grouping.

Goodwill

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment either through a qualitative or quantitative approach at least annually, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the carrying value of a reporting unit may not be recoverable. If a quantitative assessment is performed that indicates the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair market value, an impairment loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to its fair market value. The fair market value is determined based on a weighting of the present value of projected future cash flows (the “income approach”) and the use of comparative market approaches (“market approach”). Factors requiring significant judgment include, among others, the assumptions related to discount rates, forecasted operating results, long-term growth rates, the determination of comparable companies and market multiples. Changes in economic and operating conditions or changes in the Company's business strategies that occur after the annual impairment analysis may impact these assumptions and result in a future goodwill impairment charge, which could be material to the Company's consolidated financial statements. Fair value measurements used in the impairment review of goodwill are Level 3 measurements. See further information about ourthe Company’s policy for fair value measurements within this section below. See "Note 7“Note 6 - Goodwill and intangible assets"assets” for additional information regarding the goodwill impairment test.


45

Intangible assets

Finite-lived Intangible assets acquired are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. Amortization expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company reviewsassesses long lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of anthe asset group may not be recoverablerecoverable. The Company operates as a single reporting unit and any not expected to be recovered throughas such, is the asset group when assessing finite-lived intangible assets for impairment. If impairment indicators are present, the Company performs a recoverability test by comparing the sum of the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows are written downattributable to currentits long-lived asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying amount of an asset group is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized based on the excess of the carrying value of the impaired asset group over its fair value. Amortization expenseAn impairment loss for an asset group is included in SG&A expense.

Preferred stock
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (ASC 480)”, preferred stock issued with redemption provisions that are outsideallocated to the long-lived assets of the controlgroup on a pro rata basis using the relative carrying amounts of those assets, except that the loss allocated to an individual long-lived asset of the Company orgroup shall not reduce the carrying amount of that contain certain redemption rights in a deemed liquidation eventasset below its fair value whenever that fair value is required to be presented outsidedeterminable without undue cost and effort.

Share repurchases

On May 10, 2022, the Company’s board of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) on the face of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s Redeemable Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E”) contained redemption provisions that required it to be presented outside of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit). The Company's Convertible Series F Preferred Stock (the "Series F") contained redemption provisions that required it to be presented within Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit).

Share repurchases
In August 2021, the Company's Board of Directorsdirectors approved a share repurchase program that authorizesauthorized the repurchase of up to $2.0$3.0 million of the Company'sCompany’s outstanding common stock in the open market through December 31, 2021.2022. Repurchased shares are immediately retired and returned to unissued status. During the yearyears ended December 31, 2021, 439,7252023 and 2022, no shares were repurchased for $1.6 million, inclusive of broker's commissions.
repurchased.

Common stock warrants

Common stock warrants are recorded as either liabilities or as equity instruments, depending on the specific terms of the warrant agreement. Warrants classified as liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date subsequent to the initial issuance and changes in the fair value are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as change in fair value of warrant liabilities. Upon exercise, the warrant is marked to fair value on the exercise date and the related fair value is reclassified to equity.

Income taxes

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes (ASC 740)”, which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statements and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for loss and credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided, if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

44

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that some or all the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position, as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, the Company does not have any significant uncertain income tax positions. If incurred, the Company would classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.

The Company was incorporated on May 6, 2019. Prior to this date, the Company operated as a flow through entity for state and U.S. federal tax purposes. The Company files a U.S. federal and state income tax return, including for its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Revenue

Generally, the Company'sCompany’s customer contracts have a single performance obligation, and revenue is recognized when the product is shipped as this is when it has been determined that control has been transferred. Amounts billed and due from customers are classified as receivables and require payment on a short-term basis and therefore do not have any significant financing components.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects in exchange for transferring goods, which varies with changes in trade incentives the Company offers to its customers. Trade incentives consist primarily of customer pricing allowances and merchandising funds, and point of sale discounts. Estimates of trade promotion expense and coupon redemption costs are based upon programs offered, timing of those offers, estimated redemption/usage rates from historical performance, management’s experience and current economic trends.


46

Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the cost of product obtained from co-manufacturers, packaging materials, freight costs for shipping inventory to the warehouse, as well as third-party warehouse and order fulfillment costs. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company's cost of goods sold increased $4.2 million, or 16%. The increase in cost was driven by cost increases from primary suppliers as a result of broad-scale inflation in the industry.

Advertising

The Company charges advertising costs to expense as incurred and such charges are included in SG&A expense. The Company'sCompany’s advertising expenses consist primarily of specific customer promotional programs, online advertising, search costs, email advertising and radio advertising. In addition, the Company reimburses its customers and third parties for in store activities and record these costs as advertising expenses. Advertising costs were $9.4$6.8 million and $5.8$12.2 million for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020, respectively.

2022, respectively, of which $2.1 million is related to the amortization of the prepaid advertising contract with iHeart for the year ended December 31, 2022. See “Note 4 - Prepaid expenses and other current assets” for additional information on the prepaid advertising contract with iHeart.

Freight Out

Costs incurred for shipping and handling, including moving finished product to customers are included in SG&A expense. Shipping costs associated with moving finished products to customers were $1.8$1.3 million and $1.5$1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, respectively.

Research and development

Research and development costs related to developing and testing new products are expensed as incurred and included in SG&A expense. Research and development costs were $0.5$0.1 million and less than $0.1$0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, respectively.

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation awards are measured at their estimated fair value on each respective grant date. The Company recognizes share-based payment expenses over the requisite service period. The Company’s share-based compensation awards are subject only to service based vesting conditions. Pursuant to ASC 718-10-35-8, the Company recognizes compensation cost for stock awards with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

Operating leases

We determine

The Company determines if a contract or arrangement meets the definition of a lease at inception. The Company has elected to make the accounting policy election for short-term leases. For leases with terms greater than 12 months, the Company records the related asset and obligation at the present value of lease payments over the term. Lease renewal options are only included in the measurement if we arethe Company is reasonably certain to exercise the optional renewals. Any variable lease costs, other than those dependent upon an index or rate, are expensed as incurred. If a lease does not provide a readily available implicit rate, the Company estimates the incremental borrowing discount rate based on information available at lease commencement.

The Company'sCompany’s only remaining operating lease as of December 31, 20212023 relates to office space. There are no material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

45

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy uses a framework which requires categorizing assets and liabilities into one of three levels based on the inputs used in valuing the asset or liability.

Level 1 inputs are unadjusted, quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets.

Level 3 inputs include unobservable inputs that are supported by little, infrequent or no market activity and reflect management’s own assumptions about inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.

Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, while Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s financial instruments recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, prepaid assets, accounts payable, term loans, linesloan, line of credit, subordinated convertible notes, accrued liabilities and other liabilities, and warrant liabilities.

The warrant liability was remeasured at fair value each reporting period and represented aof the Company’s money market funds is based on quoted market prices using Level 3 financial instrument. The fair values for the PPP loans were deemed to be equivalent to their respective carrying values due to their relative short-term nature.1 inputs. The fair value for the Company’s term loansloan and linesline of credit approximates carrying value as the instrument has a variable interest rate that approximates market

47

rates. The fairinputs related to the Company’s term loan and line of credit are reflected as Level 3 inputs.

The Company values for the Notes Payable were determined by applying the income approachit’s warrant liabilities using a discounted cash flow model which primarily using unobservable inputs (Level 3).

Level 3 inputs.

Fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities reflect Level 3 inputs and are primarily used to measure the estimated fair values of goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets impairment analyses.

Basic and diluted (loss) income (loss) per share

Basic and diluted (loss) income (loss) per share has been determined by dividing the net (loss) income (loss) available to common stockholders for the applicable period by the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding, respectively. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding when their effect is anti-dilutive.

Segment information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker ("CODM"(“CODM”) in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company has viewed its operations and manages its business as 1one segment. The Company’s CODM reviews operating results on an aggregated basis. All the assets and operations of the Company are in the U.S.

New Accounting Standards

Recently adopted

ASU 2020-03 “Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments”
In March 2020, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2020-03, Codification Improvement to Financial Instruments. This ASU improves and clarifies various financial instruments topics, including the current expected credit losses standard issued in 2016. The ASU includes seven different issues that describe the areas of improvement and the related amendments to GAAP, intended to make the standards easier to understand and apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. The amendments have different effective dates, some of which were effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2021. The amendments adopted did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2019-12 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. The ASU removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This new guidance was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2021 and did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Issued but not yet adopted

ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326)

: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326),” a new standard to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The standard iswas effective for the Company on January 1, 2023, and early adoption is permitted.2023. The Company is currently evaluatingnew standard did not have a material impact on the impact the standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

ASU 2020-04 “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation offor the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting”
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, "Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting". This ASU provides optional expedient and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. In response to the concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs) and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. The ASU provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential accounting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. The ASU can be adopted no later thanyear ended December 1, 2022 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
48

Note 2 – Revenue

The Company records revenue net of discounts, which primarily consist of trade promotions, certain customer allowances and early pay discounts, general percentage allowances and contractual trade promotions.

discounts.

The Company excludes sales taxes collected from revenues. Retail-partner based customers are not subject to sales tax.

46

The Company'sCompany’s direct-to-consumer ("DTC"(“DTC”) loyalty program enables customers to accumulate points based on their spending. A portion of revenue is deferred at the time of sale when points are earned and recognized when the loyalty points are redeemed.

Revenue channels

The Company groups its revenue channels into 4 distinctfour categories: E-Commerce,E-commerce, which includes the sale of product to online retailers such as Amazon and Chewy; Brick & Mortar, which primarily includes the sale of product to pet specialty chainsPet Specialty retailers such as Petco, PetSmart, Pet Supplies Plus select grocery chains and neighborhood pet stores;stores, as well as to select grocery chains; DTC, which includes the sale of product through the Company's online web platform to more than 20,000 unique customers;Company’s website; and International, which includes the sale of product to foreign distribution partners and to select international retailers (transacted in U.S. dollars).

Information about the Company’s net sales by revenue channel is as follows (in thousands):

Twelve Months Ended December 31,
20212020
E-commerce (1)
$15,091 33 %$14,218 34 %
Brick & Mortar6,766 15 %8,982 21 %
DTC9,397 20 %10,778 25 %
International (2)
14,752 32 %8,612 20 %
Net Sales$46,006 100 %$42,590 100 %

(1)The Company's E-Commerce channel includes two customers that each amount to greater than 10%Schedule of the Company's total net sales. These customers had $7.6 million and $7.0 million of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively and $6.8 million and $6.9 million of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.Information about Revenue Channels

  Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
  2023  2022 
E-commerce (1) $13,405   35% $14,565   27%
Brick & Mortar $5,870   15% $11,624   21%
DTC $5,597   15% $6,620   12%
International (2) $13,720   35% $21,851   40%
Net Sales $38,592   100% $54,660   100%

(2)

(1)The Company’s E-commerce channel includes two customers that amounted to greater than 10% of the Company’s total net sales. These customers had $5.9 million and $7.1 million of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023, respectively and $7.5 million and $6.6 million of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2022, respectively.
(2)One of the Company’s International customers that distributes products in China amounted to greater than 10% of the Company’s total net sales during the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and represented $11.0 million and $17.7 million of net sales, respectively.

The Company's International channel includes $9.1 million of net sales from one customer in China that amounts to greater than 10% of the Company's total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2021. None of the Company's International customers represented greater than 10% of net sales during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Note 3 - Inventories

Inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Food, treats and supplements$4,666 $4,987 
Inventory packaging and supplies1,028 596 
Total Inventories5,694 5,583 
Inventory reserve(449)(714)
Inventories, net$5,245 $4,869 
49

  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
Food, treats and supplements $6,296  $10,212 
Inventory packaging and supplies  1,166   1,699 
Total Inventories  7,462   11,911 
Inventory reserve  (851)  (1,654)
Inventories, net $6,611  $10,257 

Note 4 – Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):

Schedule of Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
Prepaid advertising contract with iHeart (1) $  $ 
Prepaid marketing expenses  451    
Other prepaid expenses and other current assets  361   1,051 
Total Prepaid expenses and other current assets $812  $1,051 

(1)On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into a radio advertising agreement with iHeart Media + Entertainment, Inc. (“iHeart”) and issued 166,667 shares of common stock valued at $3.4 million for future advertising services. The Company issued an additional 20,834 shares valued at $0.1 million on March 5, 2020 pursuant to the agreement. The current portion of the remaining value, reflected above, is the remaining value of services that the Company expects to utilize within the twelve months following the reporting period date, unless the term is extended. The Company utilized the remaining advertising services during the year ended December 31, 2022.

47
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Prepaid advertising contract with iHeart (1)
$2,095 $1,788 
Other prepaid expenses and other current assets (2)
845 2,286 
Total Prepaid expenses and other current assets$2,940 $4,074 

(1)

On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into a radio advertising agreement with iHeart Media + Entertainment, Inc. and issued 166,667 shares of common stock valued at $3.4 million for future advertising services. The Company issued an additional 20,834 shares valued at $0.1 million on March 5, 2020 pursuant to the agreement. The current portion of the remaining value, reflected above, is the remaining value of services that the Company expects to utilize within the twelve months following the reporting period date, unless the term is extended. There was a long-term portion of $1.2 million recorded in other non-current assets as of December 31, 2020.

(2)As of December 31, 2021, this amount includes various other prepaid contracts. In December 2020, the Company entered into an agreement for access to an investment platform in exchange for 83,334 shares of common stock valued at $0.6 million and also entered into an agreement for marketing services in exchange for 83,334 shares of common stock valued at $0.5 million both of which were amortized over 12 months.
Note 5 - Fixed assets

Fixed assets consist of the following (in thousands):

Estimated Useful LifeDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Equipment3 - 5 years$163 $234 
Furniture and fixtures2 - 5 years179 150 
Computer software, including website development2 - 3 years161 111 
Computer equipment2 - 3 years72 
Total fixed assets575 499 
Accumulated depreciation(206)(247)
Fixed assets, net$369 $252 

Schedule of Fixed Assets

  Estimated Useful Life December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
Equipment 2 - 5 years $18  $7 
Furniture and fixtures 2 - 5 years  221   221 
Computer software, including website development 2 - 3 years  187   187 
Computer equipment 1 - 2 years  108   129 
Total fixed assets    534   544 
Accumulated depreciation    (304)  (169)
Fixed assets, net   $230  $375 

Depreciation expense was $0.1 million and $0.2$0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, respectively.

Note 6 – AccruedGoodwill and other liabilities

Accruedintangible assets

Goodwill

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2023 and other liabilities consist2022 is summarized as follows (in thousands):

Schedule of goodwill

  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
Beginning balance $  $18,614 
Impairment expense     (18,614)
Ending balance $  $ 

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the carrying value of a reporting unit may not be recoverable. During July 2022, the Company completed a legal merger of TruPet and Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Better Choice Company Inc. (“Halo”), with Halo as the surviving entity in connection with the execution of rebranding its former TruDog brand under the Halo brand umbrella. In conjunction with the legal merger and rebranding, the Company performed an analysis of its reporting units and concluded it has one reporting unit after the legal merger and rebrand, and as such, the Company performed a quantitative goodwill assessment as of July 1, 2022 in addition to its annual impairment test as of October 1, 2022.

Under the quantitative approach, the Company makes various estimates and assumptions to determine the estimated fair value of the followingreporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and a guideline comparable analysis. The fair value measurements used in the impairment review of goodwill are Level 3 measurements which include unobservable inputs that are supported by little, infrequent or no market activity and reflect management’s own assumptions. The key assumptions used in estimating the fair value of its reporting units as of July 1, 2022 and October 1, 2022 utilizing the income approach include the discount rate and revenue growth rates. The discount rate utilized in estimating the fair value of its reporting units as of July 1, 2022 and October 1 2022 was 20.0%, reflecting the assessment of a market participant’s view of the risks associated with the projected cash flows. Revenue growth rates varied for each year included in the valuation model based on management’s best estimate of forecasted operating results. The assumptions used in estimating the fair values are based on currently available data and management’s best estimates of revenues, EBITDA margins, and cash flows and, accordingly, a change in market conditions or other factors could have a material effect on the estimated values. There are inherent uncertainties related to the assumptions used and to management’s application of these assumptions. As a result of the annual impairment test, the Company recorded an intangible asset impairment charge of $18.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, resulting in full impairment to the goodwill carrying value.

Intangible assets

The Company’s intangible assets include the trade name and customer relationships. As of December 31, 2023, impairment indicators were present which required a recoverability test to be performed. As a result of the recoverability test, the carrying value of the asset group exceeded its fair value and the Company recorded an impairment charge of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, which resulted in a full impairment to the carrying value of the trade name and customer relationships. This non-cash charge was recorded to intangible asset impairment expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not record any impairment loss on long-lived assets for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The assumptions used in estimating the undiscounted future cash flows are based on currently available data and management’s best estimates of future income statement and working capital elements. A change in market conditions or other factors could have a material effect on the estimated values. Fair value was determined based on discounted cash flows requiring judgement. These factors include, among others, the assumptions related to discount rates, forecasted operating results, long-term growth rates, the determination of comparable companies and market multiples. The measurements used in the impairment review of finite-lived intangible assets are Level 3 measurements. There are inherent uncertainties related to the assumptions used and to management’s application of these assumptions.

The Company’s intangible assets (in thousands): and related useful lives (in years) are as follows:

Schedule of Intangible Assets

     December 31, 2023 
  

Estimated

Useful

Life (in years)

  

Gross Carrying

Amount

  

Accumulated

Amortization

  Impairment Loss  

Net Carrying

Amount

 
Customer relationships   $7,190  $(4,142) $(3,048) $ 
Trade name    7,500   (2,016)  (5,484)   
Total intangible assets    $14,690  $(6,158) $(8,532) $ 

     December 31, 2022 
  

Estimated Useful

Life (in years)

  

Gross Carrying

Amount

  

Accumulated

Amortization

  

Net Carrying

Amount

 
Customer relationships 7  $7,190  $(3,115) $4,075 
Trade name 15   7,500   (1,516)  5,984 
Total intangible assets    $14,690  $(4,631) $10,059 

Amortization expense was $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

48
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Accrued taxes139 1,009 
Accrued payroll and benefits755 913 
Accrued trade promotions119 106 
Accrued interest25 86 
Deferred revenue225 350 
Other616 936 
Total accrued and other liabilities$1,879 $3,400 

50

Table

The Company assesses intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of Contentsan asset or asset group may not be fully recoverable. If impairment indicators are present, the Company performs a recoverability test by comparing the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to these long-lived assets to their carrying value. The assumptions used in estimating the undiscounted future cash flows are based on currently available data and management’s best estimates of revenues, EBITDA margins, and working capital and, accordingly, a change in market conditions or other factors could have a material effect on the estimated values. There are inherent uncertainties related to the assumptions used and to management’s application of these assumptions. As a result of the recoverability test performed, the carrying value of the asset group exceeded its fair value, therefore a quantitative impairment test was performed to compare the fair value of the trade name and customer relationships assets with their carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $8.5

million during the year ended December 31, 2023, resulting in full impairment to the carrying value of the trade name and customer relationships intangible assets.

Note 7 – GoodwillAccrued and intangible assets

Goodwill
Goodwill was $18.6 million as of December 31, 2021other liabilities

Accrued and 2020, respectively. The Company performed a quantitative assessment for its annual impairment test as of October 1, 2021. Under the quantitative approach, the Company makes various estimates and assumptions to determine the estimated fair valueother liabilities consist of the reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and earnings multiples for guideline public companies. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was no accumulated impairment loss and no impairment expense related to goodwill and no indicators, events or changes in circumstances that would indicate goodwill was impaired during the period from October 2, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

Intangible assets
The Company’s intangible assets (in thousands) and related useful lives (in years) are as follows:
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Estimated Useful LifeGross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Customer relationships7$7,190 $(2,088)$5,102 $(1,059)$6,131 
Trade name157,500 (1,016)6,484 (516)6,984 
Total intangible assets$14,690 $(3,104)$11,586 $(1,575)$13,115 
Amortization expense was $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The estimated future amortization of intangible assets over the remaining weighted average useful life of 9.4 years is as followsfollowing (in thousands):
2022$1,527 
20231,527 
20241,527 
20251,527 
20261,494 
Thereafter3,984 
 $11,586 
There were no indicators or impairment

Schedule of the intangible assets as of December 31, 2021.

51

Accrued and Other Liabilities

  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
Accrued taxes  105   110 
Accrued payroll and benefits  487   688 
Accrued trade promotions and advertising  90   567 
Accrued interest  254   84 
Accrued commissions  686   385 
Deferred revenue  7   336 
Short-term financing  162   165 
Other  294   261 
Total accrued and other liabilities $2,085  $2,596 

Table of Contents

Note 8 – Debt

The components of the Company’s debt consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
AmountRateMaturity
Date
AmountRateMaturity
Date
Term loan, net$5,414 (1)1/6/2024$7,826 (2)1/15/2021
Line of credit, net4,856 (1)1/6/20245,023 (3)7/5/2022
November 2019 notes payable, net (November 2019 Notes)— — %(4)2,830 10 %6/30/2023
December 2019 senior notes payable, net (Senior Seller Notes)— — %(4)10,332 10 %6/30/2023
December 2019 junior notes payable, net (Junior Seller Notes)— — %(4)4,973 10 %6/30/2023
ABG Notes— — %(4)687 10 %6/30/2023
June 2020 notes payable, net (June 2020 Notes)— — %(4)88 10 %6/30/2023
Halo PPP Loan— — %(5)431 %5/3/2022
TruPet PPP Loan— — %(5)421 0.98 %4/6/2022
Total debt10,270 32,611 
Less current portion855 8,016 
Total long-term debt$9,415 $24,595 

(1)Interest at a variable rateSchedule of LIBOR plus 250 basis points with an interest rate floorComponents of 2.50% per annum.Debt

  December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022
  Amount  Rate  

Maturity
date

 Amount  Rate  

Maturity
date

Term loan, net $2,881   (2)  6/21/2026 $       
Line of credit, net  1,741   (3)  6/21/2025  11,444   (1)  10/31/2024
Total debt  4,622         11,444       
Less current portion  4,622                
Total long-term debt $        $11,444       

(2)

(1)Interest at a variable rate of the daily U.S. Federal Funds Rate plus 375 basis points with an interest rate floor of 3.75% per annum.
(2)Interest at a fixed rate of 10.00% per annum.
(3)Interest at a variable rate of the daily U.S. Federal Funds Rate plus 250 basis points with an interest rate floor of 5.50% per annum.

Interest at Bank of Montreal Prime plus 8.05%.

(3)Interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum.

(4)Converted to common stock in connection with the Company's IPO. See "Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies" for additional information.
(5)The Company's PPP Loans were fully forgiven during 2021. See below for additional information.
Term loansWintrust term loan and lines of credit
The term loan balance of $7.8 million as of December 31, 2020 was related to the Company's prior loan facilities agreement and after the fifth amendment to that agreement was entered into on November 25, 2020, the term loan maturity date was extended to January 15, 2021.
On July 16, 2020, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit with Citizens Business Bank in the aggregate amount of $7.5 million (the “ABL Facility”). The ABL Facility was scheduled to mature on July 5, 2022 and accrued interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 3.25% per annum. Accrued interest on the ABL Facility was payable monthly commencing on August 5, 2020. The ABL Facility provided for customary financial covenants, such as maintaining a specified adjusted EBITDA and a maximum senior debt leverage ratio, that commenced on December 31, 2020 and customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to failure to make payment, bankruptcy, breaches of representations and material adverse effects. The ABL Facility was secured by a general security interest on the assets of the Company and was personally guaranteed by a member of the Company's board of directors. The Company prepaid all the outstanding principal and accrued interest under the ABL Facility in full and did not incur any prepayment charges.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenant requirements and there were no events of default.

On January 6, 2021, Halo entered into a credit facility with Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wintrust Bank, N.A. (“Wintrust”) consisting of a $6.0$6.0 million term loan and a $6.0$6.0 million revolving line of credit, each scheduled to mature on January 6, 2024 and each bore interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 2.50%2.50% per annum (the "Wintrust“Wintrust Credit Facility"Facility”). The Second Wintrust Amendment described below updated the rate at which the Wintrust Credit Facility bearsbore interest to the greater of the daily U.S. Federal Funds Rate plus 285 basis points, or the interest rate floor, which remained unchanged. The Third Wintrust Amendment described below updated the interest rate on the Wintrust Credit Facility to the U.S. Federal Funds Rate plus 375 basis points, with an interest rate floor of 3.75% and extends the maturity date of the Wintrust Credit Facility from January 6, 2024 to October 31, 2024. Accrued interest on the Wintrust Credit Facility is payable monthly commencingwhich commenced on February 1, 2021. Principal payments arewere required to be made monthly on the term loan commencing February 2021 with a balloon payment upon maturity.the original maturity date. The proceeds from the Wintrust Credit Facility were used (i) to repay outstanding principal, interest and fees under the ABL Facilityprevious revolving line of credit with Citizens Business Bank (the “ABL Facility”) and (ii) for general corporate purposes. The Company applied extinguishment accounting to the outstanding balances of the term loan and ABL Facility and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million during 2021. Debt issuance costs of $0.1 million were incurred related to the Wintrust Credit Facility.

49

The Wintrust Credit Facility subjected the Company to certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.25 to 1.00, tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The numerator in the fixed charge

52

coverage ratio was the operating cash flow of Halo, defined as Halo EBITDA less cash paid for unfinanced Halo capital expenditures, income taxes and dividends. The denominator was fixed charges such as interest expense and principal payments paid or payable on other indebtedness attributable to Halo. As of December 31, 2021, the Company failed to satisfy the fixed charge coverage ratio and entered into a default waiver agreement with Wintrust in which Wintrust waived the existing default through the next testing date, March 31, 2022. In addition, asAs part of the Second Wintrust Amendment described below, the financial covenants were amended to subject the Company to a minimum liquidity covenant test in lieu of a fixed charge coverage ratio which requiresrequired the Company to maintain liquidity, tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter beginning March 31, 2022, of no less than (i) $13.0$13.0 million as of the last day of each fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2022, through and including the last day of the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2022 and (ii) $12.0$12.0 million as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2023, and as of the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.
Furthermore, as part of the Third Wintrust Amendment described below, the financial covenants were further amended to require the Company to maintain a minimum liquidity of $8.5 million tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter beginning September 30, 2022 and thereafter.

The Wintrust Credit Facility is secured by a general guaranty and security interest on the assets, including the intellectual property, of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company has also pledged all of the capital stock of Halo held by the Company as additional collateral. Furthermore, the Wintrust Credit Facility was supported by a collateral pledge by a member of the Company’s board of directors; as a result of the First Wintrust Amendment described below, this collateral pledge was terminated and released.

On August 13, 2021, Halo entered into the first amendment to the Wintrust Credit Facility (the “Wintrust“First Wintrust Amendment”) to increase the revolving line of credit from $6.0$6.0 million to $7.5$7.5 million. The First Wintrust Amendment also required Halo to secure the credit facility with a pledge of a deposit account in the amount of $7.2$7.2 million, which decreaseswas decreased to $6.9$6.9 million on January 1, 2022 and was to $6.0further decrease to $6.0 million on January 1, 2023. Additionally, on March 25, 2022, the Company entered into the second amendment to the Wintrust Credit Facility (the "Second“Second Wintrust Amendment"Amendment”) which provided for the release of the Company'sCompany’s Bona Vida subsidiary as a guarantor, an update to the financial covenants as described above and an update to the rate at which the Wintrust Credit Facility bearsbore interest, which is also described above.

Furthermore, on October 24, 2022, the Company entered into the third amendment to the Wintrust Credit Facility (the “third Wintrust Amendment”) which provided for an increase to the revolving line of credit from $7.5 million to $13.5 million, set the amount of Halo’s obligation to pledge a deposit account with Wintrust to a fixed amount of $6.3 million throughout the remainder of the term and provided updates to the interest rate, maturity date and financial covenants as described above.

As part of the Third Wintrust Amendment described above, Halo used a portion of the increased revolving credit facility to repay and retire the outstanding term loan portion of the Wintrust Credit Facility.

On June 21, 2023, the Company paid off the entire balance in the sum of $13.5 million of the Wintrust Credit Facility removing any covenant requirements to be met at December 31, 2023.

As of December 31, 2021,2023, there was no outstanding balance related to the term loan andWintrust Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2022, the line of credit outstanding under the Wintrust Credit Facility were $5.4was $11.4 million, and $4.9 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the previous term loan and line of credit outstanding were $7.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, net of debt issuance costs and discounts of less than $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.$0.2 million. Debt issuance costs and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method.

Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility

On June 21, 2023, the Company entered into an account purchase agreement with Wintrust Receivables Finance (AP Agreement), a division of Wintrust Bank N.A. (“Wintrust”) pursuant to which Wintrust will purchase, at its discretion, eligible customer invoices and advance up to 75% of the face amount of all purchased invoices. The carrying amountmaximum outstanding balance can be $4.8 million. Each advance under the Advance Purchase Agreement will bear a variable interest rate at the prime rate plus 2.5% percentage per annum. The interest rate at December 31, 2023 was 11.0% per annum. The AP Agreement has an initial term of two years and will automatically renew annually unless terminated by the Company on at least 60 days’ notice. The Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility is guaranteed and secured by a general security interest in the assets of the Company. The Company continues to service the receivables, the transfers are at full recourse and the eligible customer invoices are not legally isolated from the Company. As such, the Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility was accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC 860.

The Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility limits or restrict the Company’sability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness; incur additional liens; make dividends and other restricted payments; make investments; sell, assign, transfer or dispose of certain assets; make optional prepayments of other indebtedness; engage in transactions with affiliates; and enter into restrictive agreements. The Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility does not include any financial covenants and if an event of default occurs, Wintrust is entitled to accelerate the advances made thereunder and exercise rights against the collateral.

50

Borrowing under the Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility are classified as current debt as a result of a required lockbox arrangement and a subjective acceleration clause. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company sold receivables having an aggregate face value of $10.5 million, in exchange for cash proceeds of $7.8 million. As of December 31, 2023, the balance outstanding on the Wintrust Receivables Credit Facility amounted to $1.7 million.

Alphia Term Loan Facility

On June 21, 2023, the Company entered into a term loan and linecredit agreement (the “Term Loan Agreement”) with Alphia Inc. (“Alphia”), a custom manufacturer of credit approximate fair value assuper-premium pet food in the instruments have variable interest rates that approximate market rates.

Notes payable
On November 4, 2019,U.S. Pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, Alphia made a term loan to the Company in the original principal amount of $5.0 million (the “Term Loan”). In conjunction with the Term Loan Agreement, the Company issued $2.8 millionwarrants to Alphia (see Note 11 – Warrants for further discussion). The proceeds of subordinated convertible notes (the “November 2019 Notes”) which carriedthe Term Loan, together with a 10%portion of the Company’s cash on hand, were used to retire all of the outstanding obligations of Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. (“Halo”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, under Halo’s long-term credit facility with Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wintrust Bank, N.A described above.

The Term Loan bears an interest rate of 10% per annum, compounded quarterly, and a maturity datewill mature on June 21, 2026. Accrued interest on the Term Loan is payable quarterly in cash or, at the election of November 4, 2021. Thethe Company, in-kind by capitalizing such interest was payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. Payment in kind ("PIK") interest was payable by increasingadding it to the aggregatethen-outstanding principal amount of the November 2019 Notes.Term Loan. The November 2019 Notes were convertibleTerm Loan Agreement provides for customary financial covenants and customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to failure to make payment, bankruptcy, breaches of representations and material adverse effects. The Company was not in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2023. The Company may prepay the principal of the Term Loan at any time fromupon written notice to Alphia and subject to a prepayment penalty if such prepayment occurs prior to June 21, 2025.

The Term Loan is secured by a general security interest on the date of issuance and carried an initial conversion priceassets, including the intellectual property of the lowerCompany and Halo pursuant to (i) that certain Term Loan Security Agreement, dated June 21, 2023, made by the Company and Halo in favor of (a) $24.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price. The November 2019 Notes were amended on January 6, 2020. The amendment incorporated only the preferable termsAlphia (the “Security Agreement”) and (ii) that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2023, of the Seller Notes as noted below,Company and Halo in favor of Alphia (the “Intellectual Property Security Agreement”). The Company has also pledged all other terms and provisions of the November 2019 Notes remained in full force and effect. As amended, for so long as any eventcapital stock of default existed and was continuing, interest would accrue at the default interest rate of 12.0% per annum, and such accrued interest would be immediately due and payable.

On December 19, 2019,Halo held by the Company issued $10.0as additional collateral for the Term Loan.

The term Loan is guaranteed by Halo pursuant to that certain Term Loan Guaranty, dated as of June 21, 2023, by and between Halo and Alphia (the “Term Loan Guaranty”).

As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s indebtedness on the Alphia Term Loan Facility is $5.0 million and $5.0$0.3 million in senior subordinated convertible notes (the “Senior Seller Notes”of payable-in-kind (“PIK”) and junior subordinated convertible notes (the “Junior Seller Notes” and together withinterest. As discussed below, the Senior Seller Notes, the “Seller Notes”), respectively, to the sellers of Halo.  The Seller Notes were convertible any time from the date of issuance and carried a 10% interest rate and a maturity date of June 30, 2023. Interest was payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year by increasing the aggregate principal amounttotal value of the Seller Notes. The Seller Notes carried a conversion price of the lower of (a) $24.00 per share or (b) the IPO Price.

On January 13, 2020, the Company issued $0.6 million in senior subordinated convertible notes to Authentic Brands and Elvis Presley Enterprises ("ABG")consideration received in connection with the termination of a previous licensing agreement (the "ABG Notes"). The terms of the ABG Notes were the same as the Seller Notes. In addition to issuing the ABG Notes, as part of the ABG termination on January 13, 2020, the Company paid ABG $0.1 million in cash, issued ABG 12,120 shares of the Company's common stock, agreed to pay ABG $0.1 million in cash in four equal installments each month from July 31, 2020 through October 31, 2020 and issued ABG 10,204 common stock purchase warrants (the "ABG Warrants") equal to a fair value of approximately $0.2 million. The total cost of the contract termination noted aboveTerm Loan Agreement was measured at its fair value of $1.1 million and included in SG&A expense.
The November 2019 Notes were amended for the second time and the Seller Notes and the ABG Notes were also amended on June 24, 2020 in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes, discussed below. The amendments lowered the maximum conversion price applicable to the conversion of these notes from $24.00 per share to $22.50 per share and aligned all maturity dates to be June 30, 2023. The Company accounted for the change in conversion price as a modification of the debt instruments and recognized the increase in the fair value of the conversion option as a reduction to the carrying amount
53

of the respective debt instrument by increasing the associated debt discount or decreasing the debt premium, with a corresponding increase in Additional paid-in capital. The increase in fair value of the conversion options were $0.3 million for the November 2019 Notes, less than $0.3 million for the Seller Notes and less than $0.1 million for the ABG Notes.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued $1.5 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “June 2020 Notes”) which carried a 10% interest rate and a maturity date of June 30, 2023. Interest was payable in kind, in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year by increasing the aggregate principal amount of the June 2020 Notes. The June 2020 Notes were convertible any time from the date of issuance and carried a conversion price of $4.50 per share.
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the June 2020 Notes to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the note holders and recorded a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) related to the issuance of these notes. The BCF for the June 2020 Notes was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the BCF, based on relative fair value, and as a reduction to the carrying amount of the convertible instrument equal to the intrinsic value of the conversion feature limited to the proceeds amountfirst allocated to the instrument.Warrants (as defined in Note 11) at fair value, with the remainder allocated to debt. Accordingly, the Company recorded a debt discount of $2.2 million on the Alphia Term Loan Agreement (see Note 11 for further discussion). Furthermore, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $0.2 million. The discount recorded in connectionand debt issuance costs associated with the BCF valuation was being accreted as interest expense over the term of the June 2020 Notes,Term Loan Agreement are amortized using the effective interest rate method. Upon the conversion of the June 2020 Notes, discussed below, the remaining discount of $1.4 million associated with the June 2020 Notes was fully accreted through interest expense.
As of December 31, 2021, all of the Notes Payable described had $0 outstanding since they were automatically converted to common stock in connection with the Company's IPO, at a price of $5.00 per share (except for the June 2020 Notes, which were converted at a price of $4.50 per share). See "Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies" for additional information. As of December 31, 2020, the November 2019 Notes outstanding were $2.8 million, net of discounts of less than $0.3 million, the Senior Seller Notes outstanding were $10.3 million, net of discounts of $0.8 million, the Junior Seller Notes outstanding were $5.0 million, net of discounts of $0.5 million, the ABG Notes outstanding were $0.7 million, including a debt premium of less than $0.1 million, and the June 2020 Notes outstanding were less than $0.1 million, net of discounts of less than $1.5 million. The debt discounts and premium were being amortized over the life of the respective notes using the effective interest method.
Previously, $0.1 million of the Seller Notes were held by an executive of the Company and $2.2 million of the subordinated convertible notes were held by a member of the board of directors, all of which were converted to common stock as described above. PIK interest related to these notes was $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
PPP loans
On April 10, 2020, TruPet was granted a loan from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program ("PPP") under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act (the "TruPet PPP Loan"). The loan matured on April 6, 2022, and had an interest rate of 0.98% per annum, with interest and principal payable monthly commencing on November 6, 2020. During 2021, the TruPet PPP loan was fully forgiven and the Company recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million.
On May 7, 2020, Halo was granted a loan from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in the aggregate amount of $0.4 million, pursuant to the PPP (the “Halo PPP Loan”). The loan matured on May 3, 2022 and had an interest rate of 1.00% per annum, with interest and principal payable monthly, commencing on November 1, 2020. During 2021, the Halo PPP loan was fully forgiven and the Company recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million.
The Company recorded interest expense related to its outstanding indebtedness of $3.2 million and $9.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. PIK interest relating to Notes Payable was $1.1 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Future Debt Maturities

Future debt maturities as of December 31, 20212023 and for succeeding years are as follows (in thousands):

Schedule of Future Debt Maturities

Year ending December 31:   
2024 $5,291 
2025 $ 
2026 $ 
Total $5,291 

Note 9 - Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The carrying amounts of borrowings under credit facilities approximates fair value as variable interest rates on these instruments approximates current market rates.

51
Year ending December 31:
2022$855 
2023$1,435 
2024$7,980 
2025$— 
2026$— 
Thereafter$— 
Total$10,270 

54

Table

The Company estimates the fair value of Contentsthe term loan based on a discounted cash flow method. The carrying value of the term loan was based on an accounting entry where proceeds from the loan were first allocated to the warrants liabilities. The following table presents the carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s term note and line of credit by hierarchy level:

Schedule of Carrying Amount and Fair Value

     December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  Fair Value
Hierarchy
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
 
Term loan, net  Level 3(2) $2,881  $3,314  $  $ 
Line of credit  Level 2(1) $1,741  $1,741  $11,444  $11,444 

(1)the fair value estimates are based upon observable market data
(2)the fair value estimates are based on unobservable inputs reflecting management’s assumptions about inputs used in pricing the asset or liability

Note 910Commitments and contingencies

The Company has manufacturing agreements with its vendors that provides for the company to make its commercial best efforts to purchase minimum quantities in the ordinary course of business. The Company had no material purchase obligations as of December 31, 20212023 or 2020.

2022.

The Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, or government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business resulting in loss contingencies. The Company accrues for loss contingencies when losses become probable and are reasonably estimable. If the reasonable estimate of the loss is a range and no amount within the range is a better estimate, the minimum amount of the range is recorded as a liability. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to expense in the period incurred and are recorded in SG&A expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.expenses. The Company does not accrue for contingent losses that are considered to be reasonably possible, but not probable; however, the Company discloses the range of such reasonably possible losses. Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed.

Litigation is subject to numerous uncertainties and the outcome of individual claims and contingencies is not predictable. It is possible that some legal matters for which reserves have or have not been established could result in an unfavorable outcome for the Company and any such unfavorable outcome could be of a material nature or have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Management is not aware of any claims or lawsuits that may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Note 10 – Convertible preferred stock
During October, 2020, the Company consummated an insider-led equity financing, including the transactions contemplated by a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) between the Company and certain accredited and sophisticated investors (the “Purchasers”) and an exchange agreement (the “Series E Exchange Agreement”) between the Company and Cavalry Fund LP ("Cavalry"), the holder of all of the Company’s previously outstanding Series E preferred stock.
Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company, in a private placement (the “Series F Private Placement”), issued and sold units (the “Series F Units”) to the Purchasers for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit. Each Unit consisted of: (i) 1 share of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), which is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a value per share of common stock of $3.00; and (ii) a warrant to purchase for a six year period such number of shares of common stock (the “Series F Warrant Shares”) into which such share of Series F Preferred Stock is convertible at an exercise price per Warrant Share of $4.50. Pursuant to the Series F Private Placement, the Company raised approximately $18.2 million in gross cash proceeds, approximately $6.5 million of which was invested by certain officers, directors, employees and associated related parties thereto of the Company. The Series F Units were recorded at fair value on the date of issuance on an as converted basis.
Concurrently with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Purchasers entered into a registration rights agreement, (as amended by a certain first amendment, dated October 29,2020, the "Registration Rights Agreement") pursuant to which the Company filed a registration statement to register the Warrant Shares and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock.
In connection with the consummation of the Series F Private Placement, on October 1, 2020, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware a Certificate of Designations which authorizes a total of 30,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and sets forth the designations, preferences, and rights of the Company's Series F Preferred Stock.
On October 1, 2020, the Company issued 14,264 Series F Units in connection with the Series F Private Placement. In addition, pursuant to the Series E Exchange Agreement, on October 1, 2020, the Company issued 3,500 Series F Units to Cavalry in exchange for all of its outstanding Series E Preferred Stock. The exchange of Series E Preferred Shares resulted in a $5.4 million gain and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. On October 12, 2020 and October 23, 2020, the Company issued 1,106 and 2,832 Series F Units, respectively, in connection with the Series F Private Placement. In addition, on October 23, 2020, the Company issued an additional 100 shares of Series F Preferred Stock in conjunction with a marketing agreement.
The Company evaluated the conversion option within the Series F Preferred Stock on the dates of issuance to determine whether the conversion price was beneficial to the holders. The Company recorded a BCF related to the issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock. The BCF was recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds to the beneficial conversion feature, based on fair value and was recorded to Accumulated deficit on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets limited to the proceeds amount allocated to the instrument.
On July 1, 2021, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock were converted to common stock in connection with the consummation of the Company's IPO. See "Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies" for additional information.
55

Note 11 – Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

On January 22, 2021, the Company consummated a private placement of common stock units (the “January 2021 Private Placement”) in which the Company raised approximately $4.1 million, including an investment by certain officers, directors, employees and associated related parties thereto of approximately $1.6 million. Each common stock unit was sold at a per unit price of $7.50 and consisted of (i) 1 share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share; and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of common stock. The proceeds were used to pay expenses related to the offering and for general corporate purposes. In connection with the January 2021 Private Placement, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement (the “January 2021 Registration Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company filed a registration statement to register the shares of common stock issued, and issuable upon the exercise of the warrants issued, in the January 2021 Private Placement.
See "Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies" for additional information regarding the impacts to the Company's Stockholders’ equity (deficit) related to the Company's IPO.
The Company has reserved common stock for future issuance as follows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
 December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Conversion of Series F Preferred Stock— 7,251,189 
Exercise of options to purchase common stock2,684,041 1,302,574 
Exercise of warrants to purchase common stock9,433,584 9,916,997 
Conversion of notes payable— 1,255,039 
Total12,117,625 19,725,799 
Note 12 – Warrants

The following summarizes the Company'sCompany’s outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company'sCompany’s common stock as of and for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020:

WarrantsExercise Price
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 20192,830,309 $19.38 
Issued8,321,412 $4.62 
Exercised(322,948)$3.48 
Terminated/Expired(911,776)$18.42 
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 20209,916,997 $7.32 
Issued548,110 $8.70 
Exercised(389,881)$4.52 
Terminated/Expired(641,642)$24.64 
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 20219,433,584 $5.92 
2022: 

Schedule of Outstanding Warrants

  Warrants  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2021  214,400  $5.92 
Issued    $ 
Exercised    $ 
Terminated/Expired    $ 
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2022  214,400  $5.92 
Issued  335,639  $11.44 
Exercised    $ 
Terminated/Expired    $ 
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2023  550,039  $2.47 

The intrinsic value of outstanding warrants was $0.0 million and $23.8 $0.0 million as of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, respectively. The following discussion provides details on the various types of outstanding warrants and the related relevant disclosures around each type.

Warrant derivative liability
During

The warrants shown in the table above outstanding as of December 31, 2022, are equity classified warrants issued between May 2019 and January 2021. There was no intrinsic value associated with these equity warrants as of December 31, 2022.

In conjunction with the Alphia Term Loan Facility mentioned in Note 8 - Debt, the Company acquired 118,804 warrants withissued to Alphia (i) a weighted average exercisewarrant (the “First Tranche Warrant”) to purchase 148,758 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”) at a price of $23.40$11.44 per share, and (ii) a warrant (the "May Acquisitions Warrants"“Second Tranche Warrant” and together with the First Tranche Warrant, the “Warrants” or the “Alphia Warrants”) to purchase 186,882 shares of Common Stock at a price of $11.44 per share. Unless exercised, the Warrants expire on June 21, 2028. These warrants included an option to settle in cash in the event of a change of controlAlphia’s exercise of the CompanySecond Tranche Warrant was subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders and a reset feature ifwas approved on November 15, 2023. The Warrants contained certain anti-dilution provisions in favor of Alphia in connection with any equity offering consummated by the Company issues shares of common stock with a strike priceprior to December 21, 2023 and equity issuances below the exercise price of the warrants, which requiredWarrants. The Warrants also contain a cashless exercise option at the election of Alphia.

52

Additionally, in conjunction with the Term Loan, the Company entered into a Side Letter Agreement with Alphia (the “Side Letter”) pursuant to recordwhich Alphia was granted a right of first refusal on any of the warrantsfollowing relating to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and to the extent such transactions constitute a change of control: (i) any transfer, sale, lease or encumbrance of all or any portion of the capital stock or assets (other than the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business), (ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination, (iii) any recapitalization, reorganization or any other extraordinary business transaction, (iv) or any equity issuance or debt incurrence. Alphia’s right of first refusal is effective so long as the Term Loan remains outstanding and for a derivative liability. period of 12 months thereafter. The Side Letter also provides Alphia with certain Board observer rights.

The Company calculatesevaluated the fair value ofAlphia Warrants under ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (“ASC 815-40”) and concluded they did not initially meet the derivative liability through a Monte Carlo Modelcriteria to be classified in shareholders’ equity. Specifically, there were contingent exercise provisions and settlement provisions that values the warrants based upon a probability weighted discounted cash flow model.

During January 2020, the Company issued shares below the exercise price of the May Acquisitions Warrants. As such, the Company issued an additional 167,206 warrants on March 17, 2020 to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $9.72 and modified the exercise price of the existing May Acquisitions Warrants to $9.72.
56

During June 2020, the Company issued common stock equivalents below the exercise price of the warrants issued on March 17, 2020. As such, the Company issued an additional 331,771 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $4.50 and modified the exercise price of the existing warrants to $4.50.
During September 2020, the Company amended all of these warrants to eliminate certain anti-dilution rights, fixexisted, including provisions where the number of shares available under the warrants may be adjusted based on a percentage of equity. Because the number of outstanding common stock purchasable under each warrant, and set the exercise price thereof at $3.90 per share. As such, the Company issued an additional 95,043 warrants to certain of its warrant holders at an exercise price of $3.90.
During the fourth quarter of 2020, holders exercisedshares was not a total 281,282 warrants for which the Company issued shares of common stock. During December 2020, 418,721 of these warrants expired and an immaterial amount remained outstanding as of December 31, 2020, all of which expired during January 2021.
The following schedule shows the fair value of the warrant derivative liability as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the change in fair value during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
Warrant Derivative Liability
Balance as of December 31, 2019$2,220 
Change in fair value of warrant derivative liability(2,220)
Balance as of December 31, 2020$— 
Change in fair value of  warrant derivative liability (1)
— 
Balance as of December 31, 2021$— 
(1)All of the May Acquisition Warrants were expired by January 2021.
Series F warrant liability
During October 2020, the Company issued 7,233,855 warrantsinput to purchase common stock in connection with the Series F Private Placement with an exercise price of $4.50 (the "Series F Warrants"). The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 72 months after the date of issuance. These warrants included a reset feature if the Company issued common stock, options, or convertible securities with a strike price below the exercise price of the warrants. Upon consummation of the Company's IPO on July 1, 2021,fixed-for-fixed model, this reset feature no longer applies. During the second quarter of 2021, a Series F warrant holder exercised 83,334 warrants, resulting in the Company's receipt of approximately $0.4 million. Initially these warrants did not meet the definition of a derivative or the requirements to be considered equity; as such, the Company recorded these as a liability. Due to changes in certain terms of the warrant agreements in connection with the Company's IPO wherebyprovision violated indexation guidance. Therefore, the warrants did meetwere not indexed to the requirements to be considered equity, the outstanding Series F warrantsCompany’s stock. The Alphia warrant liabilities were reclassified to equity upon consummation of the IPO on July 1, 2021. See "Note 10 - Convertible preferred stock" for more information on Series F and see "Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies" for additional information on the Company's IPO.
The warrant liability was remeasured at fair value each reporting period until provisions precluding equity classification lapsed and upon the Company's IPO and represented a Level 3 financial instrument. The Company calculatesreassessed the fair value of the warrant liability through a Monte Carlo Model and a Black Scholes Option Model.warrants classification on December 21, 2023. The total value of the consideration received in connection with the Series F Private PlacementAlphia Term Loan Agreement was first allocated to the warrant liabilitywarrants liabilities at fair value, with the remainder allocated to the preferred stock, which led to a discount ascribed to the Series F Preferred Stock.Alphia Term Loan Agreement. Accordingly, the Company recorded a discount of $14.6$2.2 million on the Series F Preferred Stock by adjusting Additional paid-in capital.
Alphia Term Loan Agreement (see Note 8 – Debt for further discussion).

The Alphia warrant liabilities were determined using a risk-neutral Monte Carlo simulation based approach, a Level 3 valuation. The significant inputs to the warrant liabilities were as follows: 

Schedule of Significant Inputs to Warrants Liabilities

  December 21, 2023 
  First Tranche
Warrant
  Second Tranche
Warrant
 
Exercise price $11.44  $11.44 
Stock price $12.00  $12.00 
Volatility  62.0%  62.0%
Time to maturity  5 years   5 years 
Risk-free rate  3.92%  3.92%
Dividend yield  %  %

The following schedule showstable summarizes the fair value of theAlphia warrant liability upon issuance and the change in fair value during the yearsactivity for twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):2023:

Schedule of Warrant Liability Activity

Balance as of December 31, 2022$
Warrant liabilities issuedWarrant liability2,208
Issuance of Series F warrants$14,952 
Change in fair value of warrant liabilityliabilities24,898 236
Reclassification of warrants liabilities to equity(2,444)
Balance as of December 31, 20202023$39,850 
Change in fair value of warrant liability(23,463)
Reclassification of warrant liability to equity (1)
(16,387)
Balance as of December 31, 2021$

(1)

Reclassified to equity on July 1, 2021 in connection with the IPO. See "Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies" for additional information.

57

The following schedule shows the inputs used to measure thechange in fair value ofrelated to the Alphia warrant liability:
Warrant LiabilityJuly 1, 2021December 31, 2020
Stock Price$4.19$7.62
Exercise Price$4.50$4.50
Expected remaining term (in years)5.25 - 5.315.75 – 5.81
Volatility60.0%67.5%
Risk-free interest rate0.94%0.5%
liabilities was $0.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023. There were no transfers to/from levels 1, 2 and 3 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023. The valuationanti-dilution provisions which previously precluded equity treatment of the warrants, was subject to uncertainty as a result of the unobservable inputs. If the volatility rate or risk-free interest rate were to change, the value ofexpired on December 21, 2023, and thus the warrants would be impacted.
Equity-classified warrants
On May 6, 2019, the Company issued 957,499 warrants to purchase common stock with an exercise price of $25.50 (the "May 2019 PIPE Warrants"). Additionally,were reclassified and presented in connection with the May 2019 PIPE transaction, the Company issued 36,757 warrants to brokers with an exercise price of $18.00. The warrants were exercisable commencing on the issuance date and expired 24 months after the issuance date. In March 2021, the Company offered to a limited number of holders the opportunity to exercise, in full or in part, these warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock at a reduced exercise price of $7.50 per share. The Company received exercise notices for a total of 174,602 warrants, resulting in the Company’s receipt of approximately $1.3 million. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the modified warrants on the date of exercise of $0.2 million as a deemed dividend through Accumulated deficit with a corresponding increase in Additional paid-in capital. The remainder of the outstanding and unexercised May 2019 PIPE Warrants expired during May 2021.
On November 4, 2019, the Company issued 1,834 warrants in connection with the November 2019 Notes. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO, which occurred July 1, 2021. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $30.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock was sold in the IPO (which was $5.00).
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued 1,083,334 warrants with an exercise price of $10.92 as consideration for certain directors and shareholders of the Company guaranteeing the Company's obligations under a prior credit facility agreement (the "Guarantor Warrants"), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO, which occurred July 1, 2021. The Guarantor Warrants had a fair value of $4.2 million on the date of issuance.
On December 19, 2019, the Company issued 156,250 warrants in connection with the Seller Notes. The warrants are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO, which occurred July 1, 2021. The warrants carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $30.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock was sold in the IPO (which was $5.00).
On January 13, 2020, the Company issued the ABG Warrants, which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 24 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO, which occurred July 1, 2021 and carried an initial exercise price equal to the greater of (i) $30.00 per share or (ii) the price at which the common stock was sold in the IPO (which was $5.00).
On June 24, 2020, the warrants related to the November 2019 Notes, the Seller Notes and the ABG Notes were amended in connection with the issuance of the June 2020 Notes to lower the maximum exercise price applicable to these warrants from $30.00 to $25.50 per share. The decrease in the exercise price resulted in an increase to the fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million which was recognized in SG&A expense.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 83,334 warrants to a non-employee director and 83,334 warrants to a shareholder with an exercise price of $7.50 per share in connection with the June 2020 Notes (the “June 2020 Warrants”), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 84 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO, which occurred July 1, 2021.
On July 20, 2020, the Company issued 50,000 warrants to a member of the board of directors with an exercise price of $6.30 per share in consideration for a personal guarantee by a member of the Company's board of directors on the ABL Facility (the "July 2020 Guarantor Warrants"), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 84 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO, which occurred July 1, 2021.

58

On January 22,2021, the Company issued 548,082 warrants in connection with the January 2021 PIPE transaction. The warrants are exercisable at an exercise price per share of $8.70 commencing on the date of issuance and expire after a six year period, subject to beneficial ownership limitations (the “January 2021 Warrants”). Due to the discounted warrant exercise associated with the May 2019 PIPE warrants as discussed above, the down round provision on the January 2021 Warrants was triggered such that these warrants could be exercised at a price of $7.50 per share. The Company recognized the increase in the fair value of the modified warrants of $0.2 million as a deemed dividend through Accumulated deficit with a corresponding increase in Additional paid-in capital.
Warrants issued as compensation
On September 17, 2019, a Company advisor was issued 416,668 warrants with an exercise price of $0.60 per share and 250,000 warrants with an exercise price of $60.00 per share; 208,334 of the $0.60 exercise price warrants (the "Tranche 1 Warrants") were exercisable on the earlier of twelve-months after the issuance date or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service and 208,334 of the $0.60 exercise price warrants (the "Tranche 2 Warrants") and the 250,000 warrants with the $60.00 exercise price (the "Tranche 3 Warrants") were exercisable on the earlier of eighteen-months after issuance or immediately prior to a change in control subject to the advisor’s continued service. On June 1, 2020, the Company entered into a termination agreement (the “Termination Agreement”) with the advisor. Pursuant to the terms of the Termination Agreement, the Tranche 1 Warrants were amended to reduce the number of shares of common stock purchasable thereunder to 173,611 shares, and the Tranche 2 Warrants and Tranche 3 Warrants were cancelled. The Tranche 1 Warrants (as amended pursuant to the Termination Agreement) were fully vestedequity as of the date of the termination of the agreement and remained exercisable until September 17, 2029. Furthermore, if the Company engages in any restricted business line as defined in the Termination Agreement, the Company will issue to the former advisor additional shares of common stock based on formulas intended to compensate the former advisor for the warrants that were reduced or terminated. In connection with the Termination Agreement, the Company recorded expense of $5.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 in SG&A expense. During the first quarter of 2021, the former advisor exercised his remaining 131,945 warrants outstanding in a cashless exercise resulting in 122,782 shares of common stock issued.
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 166,668 warrants with an exercise price of $7.50 per share to 2 non-employee directors, which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 84 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO, which occurred July 1, 2021. On July 20, 2020, the Company issued 33,334 warrants to 2 non-employee directors at a price of $6.30 per share (the "July 2020 Director Warrants"), which are exercisable commencing on the date of issuance and expire 84 months from the date of the consummation of an IPO, which occurred July 1, 2021. The warrants issued to the non-employee directors were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded $1.0 million of share-based compensation expense upon issuance.
On November 30, 2020, the Company issued 66,667 warrants to a third-party for services with an exercise price of $6.00 and an expiration date 72 months after issuance. These warrants were immediately vested and as such, the Company recorded $0.1 million in SG&A expense.
2023.

Note 1312Share-based compensation

During the year ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company recognized $1.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense.

On November 11, 2019, the Company received shareholder approval for the Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan (the “Amended 2019 Plan”).The. The Amended 2019 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, other stock or cash-based awards or a dividend equivalent award. The Amended 2019 Plan authorized the issuance of 1,083,33424,621 shares of common stock which was increased to 1,500,00034,091 after the Halo acquisition; the Amended 2019 Plan also provides for an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2020 and ending on and including January 1, 2029, equal to the lesser of (A) 10%10% of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of common stock as determined by the Board.Board; provided, however, not more than 204,546 shares of common stock shall be authorized for issuance. The authorized shares for issuance was increased to 2,700,00061,364 on January 1, 2021, increased to 127,606 on January 1, 2022 and again increased to 5,614,637194,493 on January 1, 2022.2023.

53
59


Stock options

The following table provides detail of the options granted and outstanding (dollars in thousands):

 OptionsWeighted Average
Exercise Price
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding as of December 31, 20201,302,503 $4.84 8.6$4,234 
Granted1,456,408 $7.25 
Forfeited/Expired(74,870)$6.53 
Options outstanding as of December 31, 20212,684,041 $6.10 8.5$— 
Options exercisable as of December 31, 20211,267,306 $4.99 7.7$— 

Schedule of Options Granted and Outstanding

  Options  

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2021  61  $6.10   8.5  $ 
Granted  14  $2.24         
Forfeited/Expired  (5) $5.26         
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2022  70  $5.39   7.2  $ 
                 
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2022  49  $5.84   6.5  $ 
Fully vested options as of December 31, 2022  49  $5.84   6.5  $ 
Options expected to vest as of December 31, 2022  21  $4.32   8.8  $ 

  Options  

Weighted
Average

Exercise Price

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2022  70  $5.39   7.2  $ 
Granted  5   0.35         
Forfeited/Expired  (21)  5.19         
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2023  54  $5.03   5.7  $ 
                 
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2023  46  $5.54   5.2  $ 
Fully vested options as of December 31, 2023  46  $5.54   5.2  $ 
Options expected to vest as of December 31, 2023  8  $1.74   8.9  $ 

Options granted under the Amended 2019 Plan vest over a period of two to three years.years. All vested options are exercisable and may be exercised through a the ten-year anniversary of the grant date (or such earlier date described in the applicable award agreement).

During the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020, $4.02022, $1.0 million and $7.5$2.4 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense was recognized related to options issued. As of December 31, 2021,2023, unrecognized share-based compensation related to options was $4.5$0.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.10.4 years.

The fair value of an option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black–Scholes option valuation model, using the following assumptions primarily based on historical data:

Schedule of Fair Value Assumptions

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2023   2022 
Risk-free interest rate  0.33 - 4.02%  1.70 - 4.02%
Expected volatility (1)  0.0% - 72.5%  65.0% - 72.5%
Expected dividend yield  %  %
Expected life (years) (2)  0 - 7.6   6.0 - 6.5 

(1)Expected volatility was determined using a combination of historical volatility and implied volatility.
(2)For certain options, the simplified method is utilized to determine the expected life due to the lack of historical data.

54
Years Ended December 31,
20212020
Risk-free interest rate0.36 - 1.39%0.33 - 0.89%
Expected volatility (1)
60.0% - 67.5%67.5%
Expected dividend yield—%—%
Expected life (years) (2)
6.0 - 6.53.0 - 6.5

(1)

Expected volatility was determined using a combination of historical volatility and implied volatility.Restricted Stock Awards

(2)

For certain options, the simplified method is utilized to determine the expected life due to the lack of historical data.

Effective October 1, 2020, outstanding stock option awards held by employees as of October 1, 2020 were repriced concurrent with the closing of the Series F Private Placement. In total, 1,012,956 stock options were repriced. The exercise price was set at a 20% premium to the Series F Preferred Stock conversion price, or $3.60 per share. The change in exercise price of the outstanding options caused an increase in fair value of all vested options at date of repricing of $0.2 million which was expensed by the Company. The change in exercise price also caused an increase in fair value of all unvested options at date of repricing of $0.2 million.
Restricted stock
In March 2020,February 2022, the Company issued 75,000granted 4,962 shares of restricted common stock to 3 non-employeemembers of its board of directors in returnunder the Amended 2019 Plan as compensation for services provided in their capacity as directors and issued 993annual board service. These restricted shares of common stock to an officer of the Company. The restricted sharesawards were immediately vested and, as such, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.5$0.5 million upon issuance.

During the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company granted 1,489 shares of restricted common stock to a member of its board of directors for service as interim CEO. These restricted stock awards were immediately vested and, as such, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of less than $0.1 million upon issuance.

In January 2023, the Company granted 20,292 shares of restricted common stock to members of its board of directors under the Amended 2019 Plan as compensation for annual board service. These restricted stock awards were immediately vested and, as such, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.5 million upon issuance.

In January 2023, the Company granted 4,545 shares of restricted common stock to certain executives and employees under the Amended 2019 Plan as performance bonus compensation totaling $0.1 million. These restricted stock awards were issued on the grant date with a one year cliff vesting condition and the Company will recognize the expense over the vesting period.

During the first quarter of 2023, the Company granted 409 shares of restricted common stock to a member of its board of directors for service as interim CEO. These restricted stock awards were immediately vested and, as such, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of less than $0.1 million upon issuance.

During the second quarter of 2023, the Company granted 909 shares of restricted common stock to certain executives and employees under the Amended 2019 Plan as performance bonus compensation totaling less than $0.1 million. These restricted stock awards were issued on the grant date with a one year cliff vesting condition and the Company will recognize the expense over the vesting period.

During the third quarter of 2023, the Company granted 34,090 shares of restricted common stock to two members of its board of directors. These restricted stock awards were immediately vested and, as such, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of less than $0.3 million upon issuance.

Note 1413Employee benefit plans

The Company has a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all of its employees. Participants are entitled to make pre-tax and/or Roth post-tax contributions up to the annual maximums established by the IRS. The Company matches participant contributions pursuant to the terms of the plan, which contributions are limited to a percentage of the participant’s eligible compensation. The Company made contributions related to the plan and recognized expense of less than $0.2$0.1 million and $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, respectively.

60

Note 1514Related party transactions

Notes payable
The Company issued $0.8 million of subordinated convertible notes to a member of the board of directors during June 2020 and were converted to common stock upon consummation the Company's IPO on July 1, 2021. See "Note 8 - Debt" and "Note 1 - Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies" for additional information.
Guarantor warrants
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 250,000 warrants to 3 members of the board of directors in connection with the June 2020 Notes. On July 20, 2020, the Company issued 83,334 warrants to 3 members of the board of directors in connection with the ABL Facility. See "Note 12 - Warrants" for additional information.

Director Fees

The Company pays quarterly board of director fees. During the year ended December 31, 2021, boardBoard of director fees totaled $0.4 million.$0.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. As of December 31, 2023 and 2021, $0.1$0.1 million of these director fees were in accounts payable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. DuringSheets, respectively.

Marketing Support Services

On March 7, 2023, the year endedCompany entered into an agreement with Believeco to provide marketing support services for an interim period. A member of the Company’s board of directors is a partner at Believeco. As of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded no board2023 marketing expense related to Believeco totaled $0.4 million of director fees.

which $0.1 million is included within Accounts Payable.

Note 1615Income taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2021,2023, the Company recorded income tax expense of less than $0.1$0.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020,2022, the Company recorded no income tax expense.benefit of less than $0.1 million. For the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, the Company'sCompany’s effective tax rate was 1% and 0%, respectively.0%. The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% due to permanent differences attributable to the change in the fair value of the warrant liabilities and21% primarily because the Company’s losses have been fully offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainty of realizing the tax benefit of net operating losses (“NOLs”) for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020.2022.

55

The following table is a reconciliation of the components that caused the Company'sCompany’s provision for income taxes to differ from amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20212020
Statutory U.S. Federal income tax$719 21.0 %$(12,482)21.0 %
State income taxes, net(650)(19.0)%(1,720)2.9 %
Change in valuation allowance2,371 69.2 %8,811 (14.8)%
Warrant valuation(4,927)(143.9)%4,763 (8.0)%
Tax effect of non-deductible equity instruments2,340 68.4 %2,000 (3.4)%
Return to provision adjustment20 0.6 %(1,571)2.6 %
Other164 4.8 %199 (0.3)%
Total provision$37 1.1 %$— 0.0 %
61

TableSchedule of ContentsEffective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2023  2022 
Statutory U.S. Federal income tax $(4,782)  21.0% $(8,260)  21.0%
State income taxes, net  (309)  1.3%  (167)  0.4%
Meals and entertainment  5   %     %
Change in valuation allowance  5,031   (22.1)%  5,384   (13.7)%
Goodwill impairment     %  3,802   (9.7)%
Warrant valuation  50   (0.2)%     %
Tax effect of non-deductible equity instruments     %     0.1%
Return to provision adjustment  5   %  (5)  %
Other  2   %  (772)  2.0%
Total provision $2   0.0% $(18)  0.1%

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

December 31,
20212020
Deferred income tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards$15,049 $11,185 
ROU assets14 81 
Share-based compensation4,668 5,728 
Inventory106 212 
Other assets2,021 2,595 
Gross deferred tax assets21,858 19,801 
Valuation allowance(19,095)(16,724)
Net deferred tax assets$2,763 $3,077 
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Operating lease liabilities(13)(79)
Intangibles(2,774)(2,998)
Deferred tax liabilities, net of valuation allowance$(24)$— 

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

  2023  2022 
  December 31, 
  2023  2022 
Deferred income tax assets:        
Net operating loss carryforwards $21,662  $19,182 
ROU assets  28   42 
Share-based compensation  5,320   5,251 
Inventory  68   157 
Other assets  2,508   2,306 
Gross deferred tax assets  29,586   26,938 
Valuation allowance  (29,509)  (24,479)
Net deferred tax assets $77  $2,459 
Deferred income tax liabilities:        
Fixed assets  (50)  (86)
Operating lease liabilities  (27)  (41)
Intangibles     (2,332)
Deferred tax liabilities, net of valuation allowance $  $ 

As of December 31, 2021,2023, the Company had a deferred tax asset (before valuation allowance) recorded on gross federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $59.0$89.7 million and $53.4$59.3 million, respectively. The net operating losses will begin to expire in 2025.

2026.

The Internal Revenue Code, as amended (“IRC”), imposes restrictions on the utilization of NOLs and other tax attributes in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use pre-change NOLs may be limited as prescribed under IRC Section 382. Events which may cause limitation in the amount of the NOLs and credits that can be utilized annually include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period.

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets in the future. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred through the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020.2022. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective positive evidence such as current year taxable income and future income projections. On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2021,2023, a valuation allowance of $19.1$(29.5) million was recorded since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

56

Changes in valuation allowance are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
20212020
Valuation allowance, at beginning of year$16,724 $7,913 
Increase in valuation allowance2,371 8,811 
Valuation allowance, at end of year$19,095 $16,724 
The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment

Schedule of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The Company does not expect the impact to be material.

Valuation Allowance

  2023  2022 
  Years Ended December 31, 
  2023  2022 
Valuation allowance, at beginning of year $24,479  $19,095 
Increase in valuation allowance  5,030   5,384 
Valuation allowance, at end of year $29,509  $24,479 

As of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, the Company does not have any significant uncertain tax positions and as of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, the Company had no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months. If incurred, the Company would classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under audit by any taxing authorities. The Company remains open to examination by tax jurisdictions for tax years beginning with the 20182020 tax year for federal and 20172018 for states. Federal and state net operating losses are subject to review by taxing authorities in the year utilized and future years.

62

Note 1716Concentrations

Major suppliers

The Company sourced approximately 65%64% of its inventory purchases from two vendors for the year ended December 31, 2021.2023. The Company sourced approximately 76%69% of its inventory purchases from three vendors for the year ended December 31, 2020.

2022.

Major customers

Accounts receivable from threetwo customers represented 71%79% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021.2023. Accounts receivable from twothree customers represented 72%88% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020. 

2022. Three customers represented 54%62% of gross sales for the year ended December 31, 2021. Two2023. Three customers represented 38%58% of gross sales for the year ended December 31, 2020.
2022.

Credit risk

As of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited in accounts at several financial institutions and may maintain some balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with high-quality, accredited financial institutions and, accordingly, such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. The Company has not experienced any losses historically in these accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk in its cash and cash equivalents.

Note 1817Earnings (loss)Loss per share

The Company presents earnings (loss)loss per share on a basic and diluted basis. Basic (loss) earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss)loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding ("WASO"(“WASO”) during the period. Diluted earnings (loss)loss per share includes the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents consisting of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method and convertible notes and preferred stock using the if-converted method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the holder must pay for exercising stock options or warrants and the amount of average compensation cost for future service that has not yet been recognized are collectively assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

As the Company reported net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, basic and diluted net earnings per share are calculated as outlined above.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, diluted WASO included 1,974,685 common stock equivalents, and 5,114,148 common stock equivalents were excluded based on the fact that their inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share. For the year ended December 31, 2020,2023, the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders are the same becauseas the Company generated a net loss and common stock equivalents are excluded from diluted net loss per share as they have an anti-dilutive impact. Therefore, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and/or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into shares of common stock and then share in the earnings of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2022, potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share, because to do so would be anti-dilutive, are as follows: 214,400 of stock equivalent warrants, 69,654 of stock equivalent employee stock options and 146 of stock equivalent other options. For the year ended December 31, 2023, potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share, because to do so would be anti-dilutive, are as follows: 335,640 of Alphia Warrants (148,758 First Tranche Warrant and 186,882 Second Tranche Warrant); 214,400 of stock equivalent warrants; and 53,285of stock equivalent employee stock options.

57

The following table sets forth basic and diluted net income (loss) earnings per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 20202022 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Schedule of Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

  2023  2022 
  Year ended December 31, 
  2023  2022 
Numerator:        
Net loss $(22,770) $(39,316)
Less: Adjustment due to warrant modifications      
Adjusted net loss available to common stockholders $(22,770) $(39,316)
Denominator:        
Basic WASO  705,185   667,114 
Dilutive common stock equivalents      
Diluted WASO  705,185   667,114 
         
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic $(32.29) $(58.93)
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted $(32.29) $(58.93)

Note 18 – Subsequent events

On February 9, 2024, the Company announced the acquisition of all the issued and outstanding common shares of Aimia Pet Healthco, Inc. for consideration consisting of 45,629 shares of common stock of the Company. The Company has not yet completed its evaluation of certain assets and liabilities acquired, or treatment of this transaction as either a business combination or asset acquisition in accordance with Topic 805.

In February 2024, the Company granted 42,088 shares of restricted common stock to members of its Board of Directors as part of their equity compensation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan. These restricted stock awards were immediately vested and, as such, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.4 million upon issuance.

On March 25, 2024, Better Choice Company, Inc. (“BTTR”) initiated a legal action to enforce a right of first refusal (“ROFR”) option exercised by Alphia, Inc. (“Alphia”), which is controlled by a Paris-based private equity firm, PAI Partners. The Company is unable to predict the outcome or impact on its business and financial results.

:

58
Year ended December 31,
20212020
Numerator:
Net income (loss)$3,387 $(59,335)
Less: Preferred stock dividends— 103 
Add: Adjustment due to gain on Series E Exchange— (5,415)
Less: Adjustment due to BCF of Series F Shares— 5,349 
Less: Adjustment due to warrant modifications402 — 
Adjusted net income (loss) available to common stockholders$2,985 $(59,372)
Denominator:
Basic WASO19,927,862 8,180,739 
Dilutive common stock equivalents1,974,685 — 
Diluted WASO21,902,547 8,180,739 
Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic$0.15 $(7.26)
Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted$0.14 $(7.26)

63

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer (our principal executive officer) and our chief financial officer (our principal financial officer) evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.year ended December 31, 2023. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2021,2023, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There has not been any changeeffective due to the material weaknesses discussed below. Notwithstanding the material weaknesses in our internal controlscontrol over financial reporting, identifiedwe have concluded that the condensed consolidated financial statements included in connectionthis Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Evaluation that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, those controls.
United States of America.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projection of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods is subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2021,2023, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

not effective due to the material weaknesses described below.

Material Weaknesses

In July 2023, Management became aware of a cybersecurity incident via email compromise. Management investigated the matter internally and engaged a third-party forensics expert to facilitate a full investigation to determine the exact nature, timing, and magnitude of the breach. The root cause of the incident was traced to lack of Multi-Factor Authentication (“MFA”) protection allowing a brute force attack on the user’s hosted Microsoft Exchange email account. Management determined that although there was a control that was designed and implemented, it did not prevent the cybersecurity breach. Management has thus determined that there is a material weakness related to the failure to maintain controls that should have been operating effectively as of December 31, 2023.

Additionally, our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective as of December 31, 2023, due to a material weakness in analyzing complex accounting transactions, including the proper classification of warrants as liabilities and the related financial statement disclosures, and the proper assessment of triggering events that occurred that would require an impairment analysis over intangible assets. In light of this material weakness, we performed additional analysis as deemed necessary to ensure that our consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, management believes that the financial statements included in this report present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

Management has determined that we did not design and maintain effective controls to support proper revenue recognition. Specifically, management did not have effective controls (i) to ensure the accuracy of data input for price and quantity and (ii) to ensure that there was effective testing of period end sales cutoff, including a proper review and comparison of invoices.

Remediation Plan

To address the material weakness associated with failure to maintain controls over the operating effectiveness of IT general controls, we transitioned to a new outsourced managed IT service provider with an appropriate level of knowledge and technical experience to design and maintain IT general controls. We have also planned to (i) establish policies and procedures for the design and operation of IT general controls, (ii) implement an IT general controls framework, and (iii) where necessary, we have identified, implemented, and documented IT general controls. We continue to evaluate the appropriate controls to design and maintain effective controls supporting financial systems relevant to our financial reporting processes. We continue to evaluate staffing requirements and technology improvement opportunities to further address and achieve remediation.

To address the material weakness in internal controls related to the accounting for complex accounting transactions, we plan to engage outside advisors with specialist knowledge of GAAP and valuation as it relates to our complex financial instruments.

To address the material weakness in internal controls related to the revenue recognition, we continue to evaluate the appropriate controls to design and maintain effective controls supporting revenue recognition and are in the process of enhancing certain controls over revenue, including adding resources and training programs addressing the design, implementation, and documentary evidence requirement of control procedures over revenue recognition for appropriate personnel.

Although we implemented measures and plan to implement additional measures to remedy our internal control deficiencies, there can be no assurance that our efforts will be successful. In addition, until the remediation steps have been completed and operated for a sufficient period of time, and subsequent evaluation of their effectiveness is completed, the material weaknesses identified and described above will continue to exist.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Other than the material weaknesses described above, there has not been any change in our internal controls over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2023 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, those controls.

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm, as non-accelerated filers are exempt from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION

None.

59

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION
On March 25, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment (the “Second Wintrust Amendment”) to its Wintrust Credit Facility which was entered into on January 6, 2021. The Second Wintrust Amendment provided for an update to the interest rate on the Wintrust Credit Facility, which changed to the greater of the daily Federal Funds Rate plus 285 basis points, or the interest rate floor of 2.50% per annum. The credit facility is still scheduled to mature on January 6, 2024. The Second Wintrust Amendment also provided for the release of the Company's Bona Vida subsidiary as a guarantor and provided for an update to the financial covenants which removed the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio and included a new financial covenant to maintain a minimum liquidity.
64


PART III

ITEM 10.    
ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The following table sets forth the names and positions of our executive officers and directors serving as of such date of filing of this annual report on Form 10-K. Directors will be elected at our annual meeting of stockholders and serve for one year or until their successors are elected and qualify. Officers are elected by the Board and their terms of office are, except to the extent governed by employment contract, at the discretion of the Board.

Name Age Position Director Since
Kent Cunningham(1) 52 Chief Executive Officer n/a
Carolina Martinez 34 Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer n/a
Lionel F. Conacher 60 Director 2021
Arlene Dickinson(1) 66 Director 2021
Gil Fronzaglia 61 Director 2021
John M. Word III 76 Director 2019
Michael Young 44 Chairman of the Board of Directors 2019

(1) Ms. Dickinson resigned effective April 1, 2024, and Mr. Cunningham was appointed as a member of the Board, effective April 1, 2024, to fill the vacancy resulting from Ms. Dickinson’s resignation.

Kent Cunningham. Mr. Cunningham was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective as of May 22, 2023. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Cunningham was a Principal with Catapult Consulting where he provided management and M&A advisory consulting services from February 2022 to May 2023. Prior to consulting, Mr. Cunningham served as the Chief Executive Officer of 1440 Foods, a sports and active nutrition company, between August 2021 and January 2022. Prior to 1440 Foods, he was a General Manager at The Bountiful Company, an American dietary supplements company, from May 2019 to August 2021. Prior to The Bountiful Company, Mr. Cunningham was Chief Marketing Officer for Whole Earth Brands, a global food company providing plant-based sweeteners and flavor enhancers, between April 2018 and May 2019. From 2013 to April 2018, Mr. Cunningham held various marketing positions at Glanbia Performance Nutrition, a global nutrition company. From 2006 to 2013, Mr. Cunningham held various Marketing positions at MARS Petcare, owner of several health and nutrition pet food brands. Mr. Cunningham is a passionate brand builder and business leader with over 25 years of CPG and Health & Wellness marketing and sales experience across a range of corporate environments and categories including accelerating growth within multinationals, brand turnarounds and high value exits in the private equity business for the likes of KKR & Co. Inc. Mr. Cunningham holds an MBA in Marketing from Vanderbilt University and a BA in Communications from the University of Michigan. Mr. Cunningham was appointed as a member of the Board, effective April 1, 2024.

Carolina Martinez. Mrs. Martinez was appointed as Chief Financial Officer, effective August 2, 2023. Mrs. Martinez was previously appointed and served as the Interim Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of the Company effective as of April 3, 2023, and will continue to serve as the Secretary and Treasurer of the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Mrs. Martinez was a Director of CFO Partnership Solutions at ONE10 Advisors, LLC, (“ONE10 Advisors”) a strategic finance and accounting advisory firm in Tampa, FL. Prior to joining ONE10 Advisors in January 2022, Mrs. Martinez spent nine years at PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP where she served as a Manager in the National Quality Organization office from March through December 2021, and in various assurance roles from January 2013 through March 2021 where she primarily served publicly traded companies. Mrs. Martinez is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Florida and holds a Master of Science in Accounting from The University of Tampa and a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, Accounting from the University of Central Florida.

Lionel F. Conacher. Mr. Conacher has served as a director since September 2021. He has over thirty years of financial experience, spanning senior positions in public companies in both Canada and the US, investment banking, private equity and venture capital. Mr. Conacher currently serves as Chairman of DXL Group (NASDAQ: DXLG), where he has successfully guided the retail chain through the COVID-19 pandemic. In 2018, Mr. Conacher co-founded a San Francisco based venture capital fund, Next Ventures, after serving as a Senior Advisor and Operating Partner at Altamont Capital Partners, a Palo Alto based Private Equity Firm, for over seven years. Prior to his experience at Altamont Partners, he co-founded and served as the CEO of Westwind Partners Inc., a specialized Canadian institutional investment bank that was ultimately sold to Thomas Weisel Partners for $170 million in 2007 before being acquired by Steifel in 2010. Mr. Conacher holds an A.B. in Economics & Art History from Dartmouth College and is also actively involved in a variety of non-profits.

60

Arlene Dickinson. Ms. Dickinson has served as a director since September 2021. She is a well-known entrepreneur and General Partner of District Ventures Capital, a venture capital fund focused on helping market, fund and grow entrepreneurs and their companies in the food and health space. Dickinson is widely recognized for her role as a Dragon / Venture Capitalist for over 12 seasons on the multi-award-winning CBC television series, Dragons’ Den. Prior to joining the cast of Dragons’ Den, she served as the President and CEO of Venture Communications, a Calgary based agency that became one of Canada’s largest independent marketing firms. She is a three-time best-selling author, podcaster and accomplished public speaker and sits on several public and private boards. Ms. Dickinson has won numerous awards, including Calgary Business Owner of the year, PROFIT Magazine’s Top 100 Women Business Owners and Canada’s Most Powerful Women Top 100. Ms. Dickinson resigned from the Board effective April 1, 2024.

Gil Fronzaglia. Mr. Fronzaglia has served as a director since April 2021. He has had a successful career serving as both a board and management team member for large consumer products companies, natural food and beverage startups and most notably as a founding member and VP of Operations for Blue Buffalo. In addition to joining the board of Better Choice in 2021, Gil has served as a Board Member of Quinn Snacks since 2016, where he was the Interim COO from December 2018 through July 2019. Mr. Fronzaglia has also served as a member of the board of Grillo’s Pickles, the premium pet care brand I And Love And You and Spindrift Beverage Co. Mr. Fronzaglia is based in Boulder, Colorado and holds a Bachelor of Science from Northeastern University, and a Masters of Business Administration from Barry University.

John M. Word III. Mr. Word has served as a director since January 2020. Mr. Word founded the Word & Brown General Agency in 1984 to market and distribute health plans through California’s huge brokerage community by 1986, the company was recognized as the largest independent small group health distributor in the nation. That same year, the company launched the nation’s first COBRA administration operation, sensing that employers needed assistance and qualified support with federal COBRA laws. CaliforniaChoice®, a groundbreaking enterprise empowering small business employees to select from multiple health plans within one program, was launched in 1996. Mr. Word’s professional credentials include Chartered Life Underwriter (CLU), Registered Health Underwriter (RHU), and Registered Employee Benefits Consultant (REBC). He has served as President of the California Association of Health Underwriters (CAHU), President of the Orange County Association of Health Underwriters (OCAHU), and Chairman of the National Association of Health Underwriters (NAHU) Leading Producers Roundtable program. Mr. Word holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing and Finance from William Jewell College in Liberty, MO. We believe Mr. Word’s qualifications to serve as a director of our Company include his background in running successful organizations, understanding of consumer needs and marketing to those needs. Mr. Word holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing and Finance from William Jewel College in Liberty, MO.

Michael Young. Mr. Young has served as our Chairman since December 2019. Mr. Young is a founding partner of Cottingham Capital, an investment company focused on real estate and technology investment, where he has served as Managing Partner since its inception in January 2017. Prior to January 2017, Mr. Young served as the Managing Director and Co-Head of Trading of GMP Securities, L.P., a Canadian investment bank. Mr. Young currently serves on the boards of Aerues Inc., an anti-microbial copper coating technology company, and XIB I Capital Corp., a capital pool company, and was previously on the boards of Nuuvera Corp. and ICC Labs. Mr. Young holds a diploma in Finance from George Brown College. We believe Mr. Young’s qualifications to serve as a director of our Company include his extensive senior level executive management and trading experience in the Canadian and U.S. capital markets and his experience on other public company boards of directors.

Board of Directors

The informationnumber of members of our Board of Directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Currently, our Board of Directors consists of five persons. Our Directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.

61

Committees of the Board

We have an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Governance Committee, and a Strategic Advisory Committee. Each such committee of the Board of Directors has or will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Each committee is governed by a written charter. In 2022, each director attended all of the meetings of the Board and the committees on which such director serves. Each committee charter is posted on our website at https://ir.betterchoicecompany.com/corporate-governance. From time to time, our Board may also establish other, special committees when necessary to address specific issues.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, among other matters: appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm; overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm; reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures; coordinating our Board of Directors’ oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures; discussing our risk management policies; meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, if any, registered public accounting firm and management; reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and preparing the audit committee report required by the SEC.

The members of our Audit Committee are Ms. Dickinson and Messrs. Conacher, Fronzaglia and Young. Mr. Fronzaglia has been appointed as chairperson of this itemcommittee beginning in 2022. Our Board has determined that each of Ms. Dickinson and Messrs. Conacher, Fronzaglia and Young is independent under the applicable independence standards of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act applicable to audit committee members. In addition, our Board has determined that Ms. Dickinson and Messrs. Conacher, Fronzaglia and Young each qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K. Our Audit Committee met four times during 2023.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee’s responsibilities include, among other matters: reviewing and approving, or recommending for approval by the board of directors, the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers; overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans; reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation; reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” to the extent required; reviewing and discussing the voting recommendations of our stockholders on matters involving executive compensation, to the extent required; and preparing the annual compensation committee report required by SEC rules, to the extent required. No compensation consultant was engaged to provide advice or recommendations on our executive or director compensation for 2022.

The members of our Compensation Committee are Ms. Dickinson and Messrs. Conacher, Fronzaglia and Young, and Mr. Young serves as chairman of this committee. Our Compensation Committee met once during 2023.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities include, among other matters: identifying individuals qualified to become board of directors members; recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each board committee; developing and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance guidelines, and reviewing and recommending to our board of directors proposed changes to our corporate governance guidelines from time to time; and overseeing a periodic evaluation of our board of directors.

The members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Ms. Dickinson and Messrs. Fronzaglia and Young. Ms. Dickinson was appointed as chairperson of this committee beginning in 2022. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee did not meet during 2023. Mr. Conacher was appointed as the Chairperson of this committee effective April 1, 2024, to fill the vacancy resulting from Ms. Dickinson’s resignation.

62

Strategic Advisory Committee

Our Strategic Advisory Committee’s responsibilities include, among other matters: assessing the progress and performance of our development programs and projects, and identifying, assessing, implementing, and monitoring corporate opportunities that may offer meaningful strategic or commercial benefit to the Company. The members of our Strategic Advisory Committee are Messrs. Fronzaglia, Young and Word, and Messrs. Young and Word serve as co-chairs of this committee. Our Strategic Advisory Committee did not meet during 2023.

Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that is applicable to all of our employees, executive officers, and directors of the Company (the “Code of Conduct”). The Code of Conduct is available on our website at https://ir.betterchoicecompany.com/corporate-governance/governance-documents. The Nominating and Governance Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers, and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be furnished (anddisclosed on our website.

Risk Oversight

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is hereby incorporatedresponsible for overseeing our risk management process. Our Audit Committee focuses on our general risk management policies and strategy, the most significant risks facing us, and oversees the implementation of risk mitigation strategies by reference)management. Our Board of Directors is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters and significant transactions.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serve as a member of our Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

Communications with Directors

Interested parties may communicate with our Board or with an individual director by an amendment heretowriting to our Board or pursuant to the particular director and mailing the correspondence to: 12400 Race Track Road, Tampa, Florida 33626, Attention: Corporate Secretary. The Corporate Secretary will promptly relay to the addressee all communications that require prompt attention and will regularly provide our Board with a definitive proxy statement pursuantsummary of all substantive communications.

Board Qualifications

Our Board has delegated to Regulation 14Aour Nominating and Governance Committee the responsibility for recommending to our Board the nominees for election as directors at the annual meeting of stockholders and for recommending persons to fill any vacancy on our Board. Our Nominating and Governance Committee selects individuals for nomination to our Board based on the following criteria. Nominees for director must:

Possess unquestionable moral and ethical character and core values.
Have a genuine interest in Better Choice and recognition that as a member of our Board, each director is accountable to all of our shareholders, not to any particular interest group.
Have a background that demonstrates experience, expertise and education in areas such as consumer product marketing, corporate strategy, technology, cybersecurity, financial and regulatory affairs, international sales and distribution and general management.
Have no conflict of interest or legal impediment that would interfere with the duty of loyalty owed to Better Choice and our stockholders.
Have the ability and willingness to make the personal commitment to invest the time, schedule and workload to be an active, participatory member of our Board and the Board’s responsibilities and commitment to corporate best practices.
Be compatible and able to work well with other directors, executives and other employees in a team effort with a view to a long-term relationship with Better Choice as a director.
Have independent opinions and be willing to state them in a constructive manner.

Directors are selected on the basis of talent and experience. Diversity of background, including diversity of gender, race, ethnic or geographic origin and age, and education and experience in business, the consumer product market, the pet specialty sector, product marketing, product distribution and manufacturing and other areas relevant to our activities are factors in the selection process. As a majority of our Board must consist of individuals who are independent, a nominee’s ability to meet the independence criteria established by the NYSE American is also a factor in the nominee selection process. For a better understanding of the qualifications of each of our directors, we encourage you to read their biographies set forth in this report.

Director Nominations

The Nominating and Governance Committee will containconsider candidates for director recommended by stockholders so long as the recommendations comply with our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and applicable laws, rules and regulations, including those promulgated by the SEC. The Nominating and Governance Committee will evaluate such information.recommendations in accordance with its charter, our Bylaws, our corporate governance guidelines, and the regular nominee criteria described above.

Attendance at Annual Meeting

Directors are expected to attend our annual meetings of stockholders. Our last annual meeting of shareholders was held on November 13, 2023.

63

ITEM 11.    
ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following is a discussion and analysis of the compensation arrangements for our named executive officers, or NEOs. We are currently considered a “smaller reporting company” for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure rules. In accordance with such rules, we are providing a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table as well as narrative disclosures regarding our executive compensation program. Our NEOs for 2023 consist of the following individuals:

Kent Cunningham, Chief Executive Officer appointed May 2023
Lionel F. Conacher, our former interim Chief Executive Officer, who resigned in May 2023;
Carolina Martinez, Chief Financial Officer appointed August 2023
Sharla A. Cook, our former Chief Financial Officer, who resigned in April 2023;
Donald Young, our former Chief Sales Officer, who resigned in September 2023; and
Robert Sauermann, our former Executive Vice President, Strategy, who resigned in March 2023.

Executive Compensation Components

Base Salaries

The NEOs receive a base salary to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Our Compensation Committee adjusts NEO base salaries based on the committee’s review of available market information. Our board of directors established an annual base salary for each of our NEOs as follows:

  Annual Base Salary 
Name 2021  2022  2023 
Kent Cunningham(1)  n/a   n/a   350,000 
Lionel F. Conacher  n/a   160,000   160,000 
Carolina Martinez(2)  n/a   n/a   240,000 
Sharla A. Cook  200,000   225,000   n/a 
Donald Young  250,000   275,000   275,000 
Robert Sauermann  225,000   240,000   240,000 

(1) Mr. Cunningham was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective as of May 22, 2023.

(2) Mrs. Martinez was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of the Company effective as of August 2, 2023. Mrs. Martinez was previously appointed and served as the Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company effective as of April 3, 2023.

Annual Incentive

The purpose of our annual incentive bonus program is to incent all individuals in the organization to meet or exceed both our annual budget goals as well as individual responsibilities. Our annual incentive program requires minimum performance thresholds for any payout to occur for specific performance measures and objectives. We believe the annual incentive effectively motivates our NEOs to drive operational performance without encouraging unreasonable risk. The Committee believes the achievement of year-over-year gross revenue, gross margin and Adjusted EBITDA growth goals will result in sustainable long-term stockholder value creation. Our 2023 annual incentive potential was based on achievement levels of these financial metrics, measured against our annual plan as approved by our Board. Overall, the NEOs’ annual incentive bonus was weighted as follows: 50% Gross Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, and 50% individual performance and achievement of goals. The CEO was eligible for a payout of 50% of base salary while the other NEOs were eligible for a payout ranging from 25-40% of base salary based on these metrics.

64

Equity Compensation

The information requiredgoals of our long-term, equity-based incentive awards are to align the interests of our NEOs and other employees, non-employee directors and consultants with the interests of our stockholders. Because vesting is based on continued employment, our equity-based incentives also encourage the retention of our NEOs through the vesting period of the awards.

To reward and retain our NEOs in a manner that best aligns employees’ interests with stockholders’ interests, we use stock options as the primary incentive vehicles for long-term compensation. We believe that stock options are an effective tool for meeting our compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value by tying the value of the stock options to our future performance. The exercise price of each stock option grant is the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date.

Repricing of Stock Options

Effective October 1, 2020, all outstanding stock option awards under the Amended and Restated 2019 Equity Incentive Plan held by current employees as of October 1, 2020 were repriced concurrent with the closing of the Company’s Series F Private Placement. In total, 1,012,956 stock options were repriced. The exercise price was set at a 20% premium to the Series F conversion price, or $3.60 per share. No other terms of the stock options were changed.

The board of directors effectuated the repricing to realign the value of the stock options with their intended purpose, which is to retain and motivate the holders of the stock options to continue to work in the best interests of the Company. Prior to the repricing, many of the stock options had exercise prices well above the then recent market prices of our common stock. The stock options were repriced unilaterally and the consent of holders was neither necessary nor obtained.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans. We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan that allows eligible employees to contribute a portion of their compensation, within limits prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the plan. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings through our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our NEOs in accordance with our compensation policies. During 2020, the Company had a separate 401(k) plans for TruPet and Halo and provided an employer matching contribution under each plan. Beginning in 2021, the Company provided an employer matching contribution of 50% up to 5% of compensation under our 401(k) plan.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites. All of our full-time employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including medical, dental, and vision benefits, health spending accounts, short and long-term disability and life insurance, to the same extent as our other full-time employees, subject to the terms and eligibility requirements of those plans.

Termination and Change in Control Benefits. Our NEOs may become entitled to certain benefits or enhanced benefits in connection with certain qualifying terminations of employment and/or a change in control of our Company. Each of our NEOs’ employment agreements entitles them to severance in the event of their termination without cause or their resignation for good reason and upon termination by reason of death or disability.

65

Summary Compensation Table

The table below sets forth the compensation earned by our NEOs for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Name and Principal Position Year  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock Awards
($)
  Option Awards (1)
($)
  Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
($)
  All Other Compensation (2) ($)  Total
($)
 
Kent Cunningham (3)  2023   350,000   53,459   362,727         8,785   774,971 
Chief Executive Officer  2022                      
   2021                      
Lionel F. Conacher (4)  2023   160,000      13,334            173,334 
Interim Chief Executive Officer  2022   160,000      153,336   18,573         331,909 
   2021                      
Carolina Martinez (5)  2023   240,000   19,200      70,000      1,106   330,306 
Chief Financial Officer  2022                      
   2021                      
Sharla A. Cook (6)  2023   250,000      28,000         3,206   281,206 
Chief Financial Officer  2022   250,000   100,000      153,596      9,801   513,397 
   2021   200,000   34,375      317,701      9,942   562,018 
Donald Young (7)  2023   275,000      14,000         43,744   332,744 
Chief Sales Officer  2022   275,000   110,000      492,174      9,425   886,599 
   2021   250,000   42,969      991,704      8,694   1,293,367 
Robert Sauermann (8)  2023   240,000      28,000         1,811   269,811 
Executive Vice President, Strategy  2022   240,000   96,000      367,435      10,250   713,685 
   2021   225,000   38,672      590,701      6,794   861,167 

(1) The amounts reported reflect the grant date fair value of the stock options granted, as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The fair value of each option grant is estimated based on the fair market value on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 12 to our financial statements included in this itemAnnual Report.

(2) The amounts reported reflect matching 401(k) payments and accrued PTO payout.

(3) Mr. Cunningham commenced employment with us and was appointed Chief Executive Officer effective as of May 22, 2023.

(4) Mr. Conacher was employed with us as interim Chief Financial Officer from September 14, 2022 until May 22, 2023.

(5) Mrs. Martinez was appointed as Chief Financial Officer effective as of August 2, 2023. Mrs. Martinez was previously appointed and served as the Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company effective as of April 3, 2023.

(6) Ms. Cook commenced employment with us in April 2020 and was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in October 2020. Ms. Cook resigned effective as of April 3, 2023.

(7) Mr. Young resigned effective as of September 8, 2023.

(8) Mr. Sauermann resigned effective as of March 17, 2023.

66

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The table below sets forth the outstanding stock option awards held by the NEOs as of December 31, 2023. None of our NEOs hold stock awards.

  Option Awards
Name Option Award Grant   Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable  Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable  Option Exercise Price ($)  Option Expiration Date
Kent Cunningham N/A         $  N/A
Lionel F. Conacher 9/28/2021    256   358  $90.64  9/28/2031
Carolina Martinez 8/7/2023       4,545  $15.40   
Sharla A. Cook 2/1/2022 (1)     1,136  $62.00  2/1/2032
  8/19/2021 (1)  152   189  $73.92  8/19/2031
  7/8/2021 (1)  358   400  $100.32  7/8/2031
  3/3/2021 (2)  222   159  $240.24  3/3/2031
  3/3/2021 (2)  109   78  $240.24  3/3/2031
  1/8/2021 (1)  242   137  $211.20  1/8/2031
Donald Young 2/1/2022 (1)     1,705  $62.04  2/1/2032
  8/19/2021 (1)  152   189  $73.92  8/19/2031
  7/8/2021 (1)  358   400  $100.32  7/8/2031
  3/3/2021 (2)  401   286  $240.24  3/3/2031
  3/3/2021 (2)  814   582  $240.24  3/3/2031
  1/1/2021 (1)  1,894     $  1/1/2031
Robert Sauermann 2/1/2022 (1)     1,136  $62.04  2/1/2032
  8/19/2021 (1)  152   189  $73.92  8/19/2031
  7/8/2021 (1)  358   400  $100.32  7/8/2031
  3/3/2021 (2)  328   234  $240.24  3/3/2031
  3/3/2021 (2)  666   476  $240.24  3/3/2031
  1/8/2021 (1)  242   137  $211.20  1/8/2031

(1) Options vest as follows: 1/3rd on the first annual anniversary of the grant date and 1/36th on each monthly anniversary thereafter.

(2) 67% of the options shall vest as to 1/3rd on the first annual anniversary of the grant date and 1/36th on each monthly anniversary thereafter, and 33% of the options shall vest as to 1/3rd on the 18 month anniversary of the grant date and 1/36th on each monthly anniversary thereafter.

67

Employment Agreements and Potential Payments Upon Termination

The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Kent Cunningham, dated as of May 22, 2023 (the “Cunningham Employment Agreement”) in connection with Mr. Cunningham’s appointment as Chief Executive Officer of the Company as of May 22, 2023. Pursuant to the Cunningham Employment Agreement, Mr. Cunningham’s compensation will be furnished (andan initial annual base salary of $350,000 and an annual discretionary performance bonus target of 50% of base salary, payable 50% in cash and 50% in shares of common stock of the Company. Pursuant to the Cunningham Employment Agreement, Mr. Cunningham will be entitled to six weeks’ paid vacation and will be eligible to participate in certain employee benefit plans offered by the Company. Further, Mr. Cunningham will receive an initial grant of 1,000,000 Restricted Stock Units of Common Stock (“RSUs”), subject to Board approval. The RSUs will vest over a period of three years subject to continued employment with the Company as follows: (a) 33.3% of the options will on the first anniversary of the date of the grant date provided the stock price is hereby incorporatedat least one dollar ($1.00); (b) an additional 33.3% of such RSUs shall vest on the second anniversary of the grant date provided the stock price is at least two dollars ($2.00); and (c) the remaining 33.4% of the RSUs shall vest on the third anniversary of the grant date provided that the stock price on such date is at least two dollars and fifty cents ($2.50). In the event Mr. Cunningham does not meet the time-based and performance-based vesting requirements, the applicable portion of the RSUs that were due to vest shall be forfeited. Should Mr. Cunningham’s employment be terminated, in any way or for any reason, prior to any of the aforementioned anniversary dates, the RSUs shall vest in proportion to the time remaining to the next anniversary date.

The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Carolina Martinez, dated as of August 2, 2023 (the “Martinez Employment Agreement”) in connection with Mrs. Martinez’s appointment as Chief Financial Officer of the Company as of August 2, 2023. Pursuant to the Martinez Employment Agreement, Mrs. Martinez’s compensation will be an initial annual base salary of $240,000 and an annual discretionary performance bonus target of 40% of base salary, payable 50% in cash and 50% in shares of common stock of the Company. Pursuant to the Martinez Employment Agreement, Mrs. Martinez will be entitled to six weeks’ paid vacation and will be eligible to participate in certain employee benefit plans offered by reference)the Company. Further, Mrs. Martinez will receive an initial grant to purchase 200,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.35 per share, subject to Board approval. The options will vest in equal installments over a period of three years.

Pursuant to the Cunningham Employment Agreement and the Martinez Employment Agreement (together, the NEO Employment Agreements”), each of Mr. Cunningham and Mrs. Martinez is employed on an at-will basis. Pursuant to the NEO Employment Agreements, in the event the executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay the executive any amounts due to such executive under the Company’s benefit plans and any unreimbursed expenses properly incurred prior to the date of termination (the “Accrued Obligations”). In the event the executive’s employment is terminated for by the Company without Cause (as defined in the NEO Employment Agreements) or by the executive for Good Reason or for Good Reason Upon Change in Control (as such terms are defined in the NEO Employment Agreements), in addition to the Accrued Obligations, the executive shall also receive, subject to the execution of a release of claims in the form delivered by the Company, severance pay in an amendment heretoamount equal to the executive’s base salary then in effect for six (6) months, less applicable payroll deductions and tax withholdings, payable in accordance with normal payroll policies of the Company over a six (6) month period, with the first such payment being paid to the executive on the Company’s first regular pay date on or pursuant to a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A that willafter the sixtieth (60th) day following the executive’s employment termination date.

The NEO Employment Agreements also contain such information.standard confidentiality, intellectual property assignment, non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

68

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table sets forth information requiredabout the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by this item will be furnished (and(i) each of our current directors, (ii) each of our named executive officers (iii) all our current directors and executive officers as a group, and (iv) each person or group known by us to own more than 5% of our common stock. The percentages reflect beneficial ownership, as determined in accordance with the SEC’s rules, as of April 11, 2024, and are based on 893,601 shares of common stock outstanding. Except as noted below, the address for all beneficial owners in the table below is hereby incorporated by reference)12400 Race Track Road, Tampa, FL 33626:

  Shares Beneficially Owned 
Name of Beneficial Owner Number(1)  % 
Named Executive Officers and Directors:        
Kent Cunningham  7,576   * 
Carolina Martinez     * 
Sharla A. Cook  4,163   * 
Donald Young  20,476   2.49%
Robert Sauermann  9,702   1.18%
Lionel F. Conacher  32,845   3.99%
Arlene Dickinson  14,083   1.71%
Gil Fronzaglia  14,340   1.74%
John M. Word III  149,386   18.14%
Michael Young  52,865   6.42%
All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)  305,436   37.08%
         
5% Shareholders:        
HH-Halo LP (12)  54,719   7.51%
Edward J. Brown Jr TTEE  52,496   7.20%

(*) Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of class.

(1) In calculating the number of shares beneficially owned by an amendment heretoindividual or pursuantentity and the percentage ownership of that individual or entity, shares underlying options, warrants or restricted stock units held by that individual or entity that are either currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof are deemed outstanding. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other individual or entity. Unless otherwise indicated and subject to a definitive proxy statement pursuantcommunity property laws where applicable, the individuals and entities named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to Regulation 14A that will contain such information.

all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item
ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Related Party Transaction Policy

A “Related Party Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be furnished (anda participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $50,000 in any one fiscal year, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:

any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers, one of our directors, or a nominee to become one of our directors;
any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of any class of our voting securities;
any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of any class of our voting securities, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of any class of our voting securities; and
any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5.0% or greater beneficial ownership interest in any class of the Company’s voting securities.

69

Our Related Party Transaction policy subjects these transactions to review and either approval or disapproval of entry into the Related Party Transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions, by our Nominating and Governance Committee. In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a Related Party Transaction, our Nominating and Governance Committee shall take into account, among other factors, the following: (i) whether the Related Party Transaction is hereby incorporated by reference) byon terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an amendment heretounaffiliated third-party under the same or pursuantsimilar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the Related Person’s interest in the transaction. Further, the policy requires that all Related Party Transactions required to a definitive proxy statement pursuantbe disclosed in our filings with the SEC be so disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. Refer to Regulation 14A that will contain such information.

Note 14 within this report.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships amongst any of our executive officers or directors.

Director Independence

Each of our directors standing for election meets the definition of “independence” per Rule 803 of the NYSE American Company Guide.

ITEM 14.    
ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The following table shows the fees paid or accrued for the audit and other services provided by BDO USA, P.C., our independent auditors for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

  Year ended December 31, 
  2023  2022 
Audit fees  562   483 
Tax fees  25   63 
Total  587   546 

(1) Audit fees consist of fees billed for services rendered for the audit of our financial statements included in our annual reports on Form 10-K and review of our financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10–Q, and other fees, including fees related to our registration statements.

(2) Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services related to the preparation of our U.S. federal and state income tax returns and tax advice.

70
The information required by this item will be furnished (and is hereby incorporated by reference) by an amendment hereto or pursuant to a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A that will contain such information.

65

PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1)Financial Statements - See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing on page 36.
(2)Financial Statement Schedules -

 None.

(1)Financial Statements - See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing on page 35.
(2)Financial Statement Schedules - None.
(3)Exhibits - The exhibits listed on the accompanying index are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
EXHIBIT INDEX
ExhibitExhibit DescriptionFormFile No.ExhibitFiling date
8-K333-1619432.105/10/2019
8-K333-1619432.205/10/2019
8-K333-1619432.305/10/2019
8-K333-1619432.405/10/2019
8-K333-1619432.112/26/2019
10-Q333-1619433.104/15/2019
10-Q333-1619433.204/15/2019
8-K333-1619433.103/20/2019
10-KT333-1619433.507/25/2019
8-K333-16194399.107/30/2020
10-Q333-1619433.404/15/2019
10-Q333-1619433.504/15/2019
8-K333-1619433.105/23/2019
8-K333-1619433.110/02/2020
S-1/A333-2564053.906/16/2021
8-K333-1619434.211/15/2019
10-Q333-16194310.601/31/2020
10-Q333-1619434.801/31/2020
10-Q333-1619434.1001/31/2020
8-K333-16194310.104/30/2019
8-K333-16194310.111/15/2019
66

ExhibitExhibit DescriptionFormFile No.ExhibitFiling date
10-K333-16194310.1905/04/2020
S-1333-23434910.710/28/2019
10-Q333-1619434.1106/25/2020
10-Q333-1619434.1306/25/2020
8-K333-16194310.507/21/2020
8-K333-1619434.110/02/2020
8-K333-16194310.110/02/2020
S-1/A333-2512414.2202/16/2021
S-1/A333-2512414.2302/16/2021
S-1333-23434910.810/28/2019
8-K/A333-16194310.201/05/2021
10-K333-16194310.1203/30/2021
10-K333-16194310.1303/30/2021
10-K333-16194310.1403/30/2021
8-K333-16194310.101/11/2021
8-K333-16194310.301/11/2021
8-K333-16194310.401/11/2021
8-K333-16194310.501/11/2021
8-K333-16194310.601/11/2021
8-K001-4047710.108/17/2021
8-K001-4047710.208/17/2021
8-K001-4047710.308/17/2021
67

ExhibitExhibit DescriptionFormFile No.ExhibitFiling date
101The following materials from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 formatted in Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language ("iXBRL"): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) related notes, tagged as blocks of text and including detailed tags.10-K.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit Filing date
2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2019, by and among the Company, BBC Merger Sub, Inc. and Bona Vida, Inc. 8-K 333-161943 2.1 05/10/2019
2.2 First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2019, by and among the Company, BBC Merger Sub, Inc., and Bona Vida, Inc., dated May 3, 2019 8-K 333-161943 2.2 05/10/2019
2.3 Securities Exchange Agreement, dated February 2, 2019, by and among the Company, TruPet LLC and the members of TruPet LLC 8-K 333-161943 2.3 05/10/2019
2.4 First Amendment to Securities Exchange Agreement, dated February 2, 2019, by and among the Company, TruPet LLC and the members of TruPet LLC, dated May 6, 2019 8-K 333-161943 2.4 05/10/2019
2.5 Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2019, by and among the Company, Halo, Purely For Pets, Inc., Thriving Paws, LLC and HH-Halo LP 8-K 333-161943 2.1 12/26/2019
2.6 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 28, 2022, by and among TruPet LLC and Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. 10-Q 001-40477 2.6 08/11/2022
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation, dated January 1, 2019 10-Q 333-161943 3.1 04/15/2019
3.2 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated February 1, 2019 10-Q 333-161943 3.2 04/15/2019
3.3 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated March 13, 2019 8-K 333-161943 3.1 03/20/2019
3.4 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 18, 2019 10-KT 333-161943 3.5 07/25/2019
3.5 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, dated July 30, 2020 8-K 333-161943 99.1 07/30/2020
3.6 Certificate of Merger of Sport Endurance, Inc. with and into the Company 10-Q 333-161943 3.4 04/15/2019
3.7 Bylaws 10-Q 333-161943 3.5 04/15/2019
3.8 Certificate of Designation for Series F Convertible Preferred Stock 8-K 333-161943 3.1 10/02/2020
3.9 Certificate of Cancellation of Series F Preferred Stock of Better Choice 8-K 001-40477 3.10 07/29/2022
3.10 Certificate of Merger of TruPet LLC with and into Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. 10-Q 001-40477 3.10 08/11/2022
4.1 Form of Warrant in connection with the November 2019 private placement 8-K 333-161943 4.2 11/15/2019
4.2 Form of Subscription Agreement, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Halo Sellers 10-Q 333-161943 10.6 01/31/2020
4.3 Form of Warrant, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Halo Sellers 10-Q 333-161943 4.8 01/31/2020
4.4 Form of Warrant, dated December 19, 2019, by and among the Company and the Shareholder Personal Guarantors 10-Q 333-161943 4.10 01/31/2020
4.5 Form of Subscription Agreement dated April 25, 2019 in connection with the May 2019 private placement 8-K 333-161943 10.1 04/30/2019
4.6 Form of Subscription Agreement in connection with the November 2019 private placement 8-K 333-161943 10.1 11/15/2019

71

Exhibit Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit Filing date
4.7† Better Choice Company Inc. Amended and Restated 2019 Incentive Award Plan 10-K 333-161943 10.19 05/04/2020
4.8† Form of 2019 Incentive Award Plan Stock Option Agreement S-1 333-234349 10.7 10/28/2019
4.9 Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant in connection with the June 2020 private placement. 10-Q 333-161943 4.11 06/25/2020
4.10 Form of Subscription Agreement in connection with the June 2020 private placement. 10-Q 333-161943 4.13 06/25/2020
4.11 Form of July 2020 Warrants 8-K 333-161943 10.5 07/21/2020
4.12 Form of Warrant in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement 8-K 333-161943 4.1 10/02/2020
4.13 Form of Securities Purchase Agreement in connection with the October 2020 Series F Private Placement 8-K 333-161943 10.1 10/02/2020
4.14 Form of warrant in connection with the January 2021 Private Placement S-1/A 333-251241 4.22 02/16/2021
4.15 Form of Securities Purchase Agreement in connection with the January 2021 Private Placement S-1/A 333-251241 4.23 02/16/2021
10.1† Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among the Company and its officers and directors S-1 333-234349 10.8 10/28/2019
10.2† Employment Agreement, Dated December 28, 2020 by and between Scott Lerner and the Company 8-K/A 333-161943 10.2 01/05/2021
10.3† Employment Agreement, dated October 8, 2020, by and between Sharla Cook and the Company 10-K 333-161943 10.12 03/30/2021
10.4† Employment Agreement, dated September 27, 2020, by and between Robert Sauermann and the Company 10-K 333-161943 10.13 03/30/2021
10.5† Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2021, by and between Donald Young and the Company 10-K 333-161943 10.14 03/30/2021
10.6 Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2021, by and between Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A. (“Lender”) and Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Halo”) 8-K 333-161943 10.1 01/11/2021
10.7 Term Note A, dated as of January 6, 2021, issued by Halo in favor of Lender 8-K 333-161943 10.3 01/11/2021
10.8 Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2021, made by Better Choice Company Inc. , TruPet LLC, and Bona Vida, Inc., a Delaware corporation 8-K 333-161943 10.4 01/11/2021
10.9 Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2021, executed and delivered by the Company, TruPet and Bona Vida 8-K 333-161943 10.5 01/11/2021
10.10 Stock Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2021, executed and delivered by the Company in favor of Lender 8-K 333-161943 10.6 01/11/2021
10.11 First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2021, by and between Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A. (“Lender”) and Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. 8-K 001-40477 10.1 08/17/2021
10.12 Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of August 13, 2021, issued by Halo Purely for Pets, Inc. 8-K 001-40477 10.2 08/17/2021
10.13 Deposit Account Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2021, executed and delivered by Halo Purely for Pets Inc. 8-K 001-40477 10.3 08/17/2021
10.14 Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 25, 2022, by and between Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A. and Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. 10-K 001-40477 10.14 03/29/2022
10.15 Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 24, 2022, by and between Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A. and Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. 8-K 001-40477 10.1 10/25/2022
10.16 Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of October 24, 2022, issued by Halo in favor of Lender 8-K 001-40477 10.2 10/25/2022

72

Exhibit Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit Filing date
10.17 First Amendment to Deposit Account Pledge Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2022, executed and delivered by Halo in favor of Lender. 8-K 001-40477 10.3 10/25/2022
10.18 †# Separation Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2022, by and between the Company and Scott Lerner 10-Q 001-40477 10.18 11/10/2022
10.19 †# Advisory Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2022, by and between the Company and Lionel F. Conacher 10-Q 001-40477 10.19 11/10/2022
10.20  Engagement Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2023, by and between ONE10 Advisors, LLC and Better Choice Company Inc. 8-K 001-40477 10.1 03/21/2023
10.21  Interim Officer Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2023, by and between Carolina Martinez and Better Choice Company, Inc. 8-K 001-40477 10.2 03/21/2023
10.22  Employment Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2023, by and between Kent Cunningham and Better Choice Company, Inc. 8-K 001-40477 10.2 05/16/2023
10.23  Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2023, by and between Better Choice Company Inc. and Alphia Inc. 8-K 001-40477 10.1 06/21/2023
10.24  Account Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2023, by and between Wintrust Receivables Finance, a division of Wintrust Bank N.A., and Halo, Purely for Pets, Inc. 8-K 001-40477 10.9 06/21/2023
10.25 Notice of Delisting or Failure to Satisfy a Continued Listing Rule or Standard; Transfer of Listing 8-K 001-40477 99.1 09/27/2023
10.26 Better Choice Acquires Aimia Pet Healthco to Enter the GLP1 Pet Market 8-K 001-40477 99.1 02/12/2024
10.27 Better Choice Company to Effectuate a 1 for 44 Reverse Stock Split 8-K 001-40477 99.1 03/14/2024
21.1 * Subsidiaries of the Company 10-K 001-40477 21.1 03/28/2023
23.1 * Consent of BDO USA, P.C.        
24.1 * Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this report)        
31.1 * Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.        
31.2 * Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.        
32.1 * Certifications of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002        
101 * The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 formatted in Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language (“iXBRL”): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) related notes, tagged as blocks of text and including detailed tags.        
104 * Cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, formatted in iXBRL (included as Exhibit 101).        

Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
104Cover page from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in iXBRL (included as Exhibit 101).
*Filed or furnished herewith.
#Certain schedules and similar attachments to this agreement have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish copies of any schedules or similar attachments to the SEC upon request.
***Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

ITEM 16.FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

73

Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

*    Filed or furnished herewith.
#    Certain schedules and similar attachments to this agreement have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish copies of any schedules or similar attachments to the SEC upon request.
***    Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.
ITEM 16.    FORM 10‑K SUMMARY
None.
68

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

BETTER CHOICE COMPANY INC.
Date: March 29, 2022April 12, 2024By:/S/ SCOTT LERNERKENT CUNNINGHAM
Scott LernerKent Cunningham
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 29, 2022April 12, 2024By:/S/ SHARLA A. COOKCAROLINA MARTINEZ
Sharla A. CookCarolina Martinez
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Sharla A. Cook his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him/her and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his/her substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SignatureTitleDate
Signature/S/ KENT CUNNINGHAMTitleDate
/S/ SCOTT LERNER
Scott Lerner
Chief Executive Officer
April 12, 2024
Kent Cunningham(Principal Executive Officer)March 29, 2022
/S/ SHARLA A. COOK
Sharla A. Cook
CAROLINA MARTINEZ
Chief Financial Officer
April 12, 2024
Carolina Martinez(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)March 29, 2022
/s/S/ LIONEL F. CONACHER
Lionel F. Conacher
DirectorMarch 29, 2022April 12, 2024
Lionel F. Conacher
/s/ ARLENE DICKINSON
Arlene Dickinson
GIL FRONZAGLIA
DirectorMarch 29, 2022April 12, 2024
/s/ GIL FRONZAGLIA
Gil Fronzaglia
DirectorMarch 29, 2022
/s/ JOHN M. WORD III
DirectorApril 12, 2024
John M. Word III
/s/ MICHAEL YOUNGDirectorMarch 29, 2022April 12, 2024
/s/ MICHAEL YOUNG
Michael Young
DirectorMarch 29, 2022

74


69